Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Русский

when the class ended

Толкование Перевод

1 terminar

v.

1 to end, to finish.

terminamos el viaje en San Francisco we ended our journey in San Francisco

¿cómo termina la historia? how does the story end o finish?

terminar con to put an end to (pobreza, corrupción)

terminar de hacer algo to finish doing something

terminar en to end in (objeto)

Ella termina la obra She finishes the play.

Ya terminé I already finished

La película acabó The film finished.

María terminó a Ricardo Mary finished=ruined Richard.

2 to finish, to split up.

¡hemos terminado! it's over!

3 to finish off, to complete, to culminate, to end off.

María terminó la gira Mary finished off the tour.

4 to end up, to wind up, to end up by.

María terminó pintando Mary ended up painting.

María terminó muy cansada Mary ended up all in.

5 to break up.

* * *

terminar

► verbo transitivo

1 (acabar) to finish, complete

■ ha terminado la novela he's finished the novel

2 (dar fin) to end

■ los resultados terminaron su mandato the results ended his term of office

► verbo intransitivo

1 (acabar) to finish, end

■ terminó a las cuatro it finished at four

■ termina en dos it ends with a two

■ he terminado de leer I've finished reading

2 (acabar de) to have just (de, -)

■ termina de marchar he has just left

3 (final de una acción, de un estado) to end up

■ terminó marchándose he ended up leaving

■ terminó por marcharse he ended up leaving

■ terminó loco he went mad

4 (eliminar) to put an end ( con, to)

■ quieren terminar con la violencia they want to put an end to violence

5 (estropear) to damage ( con, -), ruin ( con, -)

■ la lluvia terminó con la cosecha the rain damaged the crops

6 (reñir) to break up ( con, with)

■ ha terminado con su novio she's broken up with her boyfriend

7 (enfermedad) to come to the final stage

► verbo pronominal terminarse

1 (acabarse) to finish, end, be over

■ la reunión se ha terminado the meeting is over

2 (agotarse) to run out

■ se ha terminado el azúcar the sugar has run out

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

terminar bien to have a happy ending

terminar mal (historia) to have an unhappy ending 2 (personas - relación) to end up on bad terms 3 (- destino) to come to a sticky end

* * *

verb

1) to end

2) conclude

3) complete

4) finish

5) expire

* * *

1.

VT to finish

he terminado el libro — I've finished the book

no me ha dado tiempo a terminar el vestido — I haven't had time to finish the dress

quiso terminar sus días en Marbella — she wanted to end her days in Marbella

2. VI

1) [persona]

a) [en una acción, un trabajo] to finish

¿todavía no has terminado? — haven't you finished yet?

¿quieres dejar que termine? — would you mind letting me finish?

• terminar de hacer algo — to finish doing sth, stop doing sth

cuando termine de hablar — when he finishes o stops speaking

terminó de llenar el vaso con helado — he topped o filled the glass up with ice-cream

terminaba de salir del baño — she had just got out of the bath

• no termino de entender por qué lo hizo — I just can't understand why she did it

no me cae mal, pero no termina de convencerme — I don't dislike him, but I'm not too sure about him

b) [de una forma determinada] to end up

terminé rendido — I ended up exhausted

terminaron peleándose — they ended up fighting

terminó mal — he ended up badly

terminó diciendo que... — he ended by saying that...

c)

• terminar con, han terminado con todas las provisiones — they've finished off all the supplies

hace falta algo que termine con el problema del paro — we need something to put an end to the problem of unemployment

un cáncer terminó con su vida — cancer killed him

he terminado con Andrés — I've broken up with o finished with Andrés

¡estos niños van a terminar conmigo! — these children will be the death of me!

d)

• terminar por hacer algo — to end up doing sth

seguro que terminará por dimitir — I bet he ends up resigning

2) [obra, acto] to end

¿cómo termina la película? — how does the film end?

la ceremonia terminó con un baile — the ceremony ended with a dance

esto va a terminar en tragedia — this will end in tragedy

estoy deseando que termine este año — I can't wait for this year to be over o to end

¿a qué hora termina la clase? — what time does the class finish o end?

3) [objeto, palabra]

• terminar en algo — to end in sth

termina en punta — it ends in a point

termina en vocal — it ends in o with a vowel

4) (Inform) to quit

3.

See:

terminarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo <trabajo/estudio> to finish; <casa/obras> to finish, complete

terminó sus días en Sicilia — he ended his days in Sicily

dar por terminado algo — <discusión/conflicto> to put an end to something

dieron por terminada la sesión — they brought the session to a close

termina esa sopa — finish up that soup
2.
terminar vi

1) persona

a) ( de hacer algo) to finish

terminar DE + INF — to finish -ing

déjame terminar de hablar — let me finish (speaking)

salió nada más terminar de comer — he went out as soon as he'd finished eating

b) (en estado, situación) to end up

terminé muy cansada — I ended up feeling very tired

va a terminar mal — he's going to come to a bad end

terminar DE algo: terminó de camarero he ended up (working) as a waiter; terminar + GER or terminar POR + INF to end up -ing; terminó marchándose or por marcharse — he ended up leaving

2)

a) reunión/situación to end, come to an end

todo ha terminado — it's all over

el caso terminó en los tribunales — the case ended up in court

esto va a terminar mal — this is going to turn out o end badly

y para terminar nos sirvieron... — and to finish we had...

b) ( rematar)

terminar EN algo — to end in something

la palabra termina en consonante — the word ends in a consonant

3) terminar con

a) (acabar, consumir)

terminar con algo — <con libro/tarea> to finish with something; <con problema/abuso> to put an end to something

terminaron con todo lo que había en la nevera — they polished off everything in the fridge

b)

terminar con alguien — ( pelearse) to finish with somebody; ( destruir) to kill somebody

ocho años de cárcel terminaron con él — eight years in prison destroyed him

4) ( llegar a)

terminar DE + INF: no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced; no terminaba de gustarle — she wasn't totally happy about it
3.
terminarse v pron

1) azúcar/pan to run out; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me terminó la lana — I've run out of wool

2) curso/reunión to come to an end, be over

3) (enf) <libro/comida> to finish, polish off

* * *

= be over, cease, conclude, discontinue, end, end up, exit, quit, see through + to its completion, terminate, finish up, break up, finish, wind up (in/at), get through, call it quits, carry through to + completion, finish off, top + Nombre + off, wind down, close + the book on.

Ex. Alternatively, the loan policy may be changed to make documents due when the vacation is over.

Ex. After collection has ceased (because a point of diminishing returns appears to have been reached), the cards must be put into groups of 'like' terms.

Ex. Thus chapter 21 concludes with a number of special rules.

Ex. Systems like OCLC are going from classical catalogs in the direction of online catalogs, and at least one institution on the OCLC system has discontinued adding cards to its catalog.

Ex. Each field also ends with a special delimiter, which signals the end of the fields.

Ex. But if you have a certain feeling about language, then language ends up becoming very, very important.

Ex. Enter the lesson number you wish, or press the letter 'X' to exit the tutorial.

Ex. If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.

Ex. I would like to thank all those who at various times throughout the course of the project assisted so ably in seeing the work through to its completion.

Ex. An SDI profile can be terminated at any future time by the commands.

Ex. In trying to get the best of both worlds, we may have finished up with the worst.

Ex. Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.

Ex. Activities can be plotted to allow the librarian to determine the most expeditious route that can be taken to finish the event.

Ex. Besides, winding up in an exclusive arrangement with a distributor that has rotten customer service ruins any advantage.

Ex. Some children cannot get through a longer story or novel in less time.

Ex. 'Professional people don't live by the clock: you wouldn't tell a doctor or a lawyer that he couldn't make a decision to call it quits on a particular day'.

Ex. The author discusses the development process which began with a concept, continued with the formulation of objectives, and has been carried through to completion.

Ex. His statement is a serious threat to the cooperative sector and was aimed at finishing off the movement.

Ex. Top it off with spicy yacamole and it's worth the nosh.

Ex. As President Bush's second term winds down, this is no time for him to be making trouble for his successor.

Ex. Obama, who tries to steer clear of the political thicket of race and politics, accepted the apology and said he wanted to close the book on the episode.

----

* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.

* estar terminándose = be on + Posesivo + last legs, be on the way out.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* para terminar = in closing.

* sin terminar = unfinished.

* terminar con Algo = be done with it.

* terminar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.

* terminar con una nota de optimismo = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar con un broche de oro = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar de + Infinitivo = complete + Gerundio.

* terminar de trabajar = clock off + work.

* terminar en empate = end in + a draw, result in + a draw.

* terminar en un tono + Adjetivo = end on + a + Adjetivo + note.

* terminar formando parte de = find + Posesivo + way into/onto.

* terminar la jornada laboral = clock off + work.

* terminar los estudios = graduate.

* terminar mal = come to + a bad end.

* terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* terminar repentinamente = come to + a swift end, come to + an abrupt end.

* terminarse = draw to + a close, run + short (of), be gone, come to + an end, draw to + an end, be all gone.

* terminarse el tiempo = time + run out.

* terminarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* terminar turno de trabajo = come off + duty.

* terminar un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo <trabajo/estudio> to finish; <casa/obras> to finish, complete

terminó sus días en Sicilia — he ended his days in Sicily

dar por terminado algo — <discusión/conflicto> to put an end to something

dieron por terminada la sesión — they brought the session to a close

termina esa sopa — finish up that soup
2.
terminar vi

1) persona

a) ( de hacer algo) to finish

terminar DE + INF — to finish -ing

déjame terminar de hablar — let me finish (speaking)

salió nada más terminar de comer — he went out as soon as he'd finished eating

b) (en estado, situación) to end up

terminé muy cansada — I ended up feeling very tired

va a terminar mal — he's going to come to a bad end

terminar DE algo: terminó de camarero he ended up (working) as a waiter; terminar + GER or terminar POR + INF to end up -ing; terminó marchándose or por marcharse — he ended up leaving

2)

a) reunión/situación to end, come to an end

todo ha terminado — it's all over

el caso terminó en los tribunales — the case ended up in court

esto va a terminar mal — this is going to turn out o end badly

y para terminar nos sirvieron... — and to finish we had...

b) ( rematar)

terminar EN algo — to end in something

la palabra termina en consonante — the word ends in a consonant

3) terminar con

a) (acabar, consumir)

terminar con algo — <con libro/tarea> to finish with something; <con problema/abuso> to put an end to something

terminaron con todo lo que había en la nevera — they polished off everything in the fridge

b)

terminar con alguien — ( pelearse) to finish with somebody; ( destruir) to kill somebody

ocho años de cárcel terminaron con él — eight years in prison destroyed him

4) ( llegar a)

terminar DE + INF: no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced; no terminaba de gustarle — she wasn't totally happy about it
3.
terminarse v pron

1) azúcar/pan to run out; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me terminó la lana — I've run out of wool

2) curso/reunión to come to an end, be over

3) (enf) <libro/comida> to finish, polish off

* * *

= be over, cease, conclude, discontinue, end, end up, exit, quit, see through + to its completion, terminate, finish up, break up, finish, wind up (in/at), get through, call it quits, carry through to + completion, finish off, top + Nombre + off, wind down, close + the book on.

Ex: Alternatively, the loan policy may be changed to make documents due when the vacation is over.

Ex: After collection has ceased (because a point of diminishing returns appears to have been reached), the cards must be put into groups of 'like' terms.

Ex: Thus chapter 21 concludes with a number of special rules.

Ex: Systems like OCLC are going from classical catalogs in the direction of online catalogs, and at least one institution on the OCLC system has discontinued adding cards to its catalog.

Ex: Each field also ends with a special delimiter, which signals the end of the fields.

Ex: But if you have a certain feeling about language, then language ends up becoming very, very important.

Ex: Enter the lesson number you wish, or press the letter 'X' to exit the tutorial.

Ex: If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.

Ex: I would like to thank all those who at various times throughout the course of the project assisted so ably in seeing the work through to its completion.

Ex: An SDI profile can be terminated at any future time by the commands.

Ex: In trying to get the best of both worlds, we may have finished up with the worst.

Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.

Ex: Activities can be plotted to allow the librarian to determine the most expeditious route that can be taken to finish the event.

Ex: Besides, winding up in an exclusive arrangement with a distributor that has rotten customer service ruins any advantage.

Ex: Some children cannot get through a longer story or novel in less time.

Ex: 'Professional people don't live by the clock: you wouldn't tell a doctor or a lawyer that he couldn't make a decision to call it quits on a particular day'.

Ex: The author discusses the development process which began with a concept, continued with the formulation of objectives, and has been carried through to completion.

Ex: His statement is a serious threat to the cooperative sector and was aimed at finishing off the movement.

Ex: Top it off with spicy yacamole and it's worth the nosh.

Ex: As President Bush's second term winds down, this is no time for him to be making trouble for his successor.

Ex: Obama, who tries to steer clear of the political thicket of race and politics, accepted the apology and said he wanted to close the book on the episode.

* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.

* estar terminándose = be on + Posesivo + last legs, be on the way out.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* para terminar = in closing.

* sin terminar = unfinished.

* terminar con Algo = be done with it.

* terminar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.

* terminar con una nota de optimismo = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar con un broche de oro = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar de + Infinitivo = complete + Gerundio.

* terminar de trabajar = clock off + work.

* terminar en empate = end in + a draw, result in + a draw.

* terminar en un tono + Adjetivo = end on + a + Adjetivo + note.

* terminar formando parte de = find + Posesivo + way into/onto.

* terminar la jornada laboral = clock off + work.

* terminar los estudios = graduate.

* terminar mal = come to + a bad end.

* terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* terminar repentinamente = come to + a swift end, come to + an abrupt end.

* terminarse = draw to + a close, run + short (of), be gone, come to + an end, draw to + an end, be all gone.

* terminarse el tiempo = time + run out.

* terminarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* terminar turno de trabajo = come off + duty.

* terminar un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.

* * *

terminar [A1 ]

vt

‹trabajo/estudio› to finish

¿has terminado el libro que te presté? have you finished the book I lent you?

no han terminado las obras they haven't finished o completed the work

terminó el viaje en La Paz he ended his journey in La Paz, his journey finished in La Paz

terminó sus días en Sicilia he ended his days in Sicily

dieron por terminada la sesión they brought the session to a close

este año no pudimos terminar el programa we didn't manage to get through o finish o complete the syllabus this year

termina esa sopa inmediatamente finish up that soup at once

puedes terminarlo, nosotros ya comimos you can finish it off, we've already had some

terminala/termínenla ( RPl fam); stop it!, cut it out! ( colloq)

■ terminar

vi

A «persona»

1 (de hacer algo) to finish

termina de una vez hurry up and finish

terminar DE + INF to finish -ING

estoy terminando de leerlo I'm reading the last few pages, I'm coming to the end of it, I've nearly finished reading it

déjame terminar de hablar let me finish (speaking)

salió nada más terminar de comer he went out as soon as he'd finished eating

2 (en un estado, una situación) to end up

terminé muy cansada I ended up feeling very tired

va a terminar mal he's going to come to a bad end

terminar DE algo:

terminó de camarero en Miami he ended up (working) as a waiter in Miami

terminar + GER or terminar POR + INF to end up -ING

terminará aceptando or por aceptar la oferta she'll end up accepting the offer, she'll accept the offer in the end

B

1 «reunión/situación» to end, come to an end

al terminar la clase when the class ended, at the end of the class

llegamos cuando todo había terminado we arrived when it was all over

el caso terminó en los tribunales the case ended up in court

esto va a terminar mal this is going to turn out o end badly

la historia termina bien the story has a happy ending

las huellas terminan aquí the tracks end o stop here

y para terminar nos sirvieron un excelente coñac and to finish we had an excellent brandy

2 (rematar) terminar EN algo to end IN sth

palabras que terminan en consonante words that end in a consonant

zapatos terminados en punta pointed shoes o shoes with pointed toes

C terminar con

1

(agotar, acabar): terminaron con todo lo que había en la nevera they polished off everything in the fridge

terminó con su salud it ruined his health

ocho años de cárcel terminaron con él eight years in prison destroyed him

una solución que termine con el problema a solution that will put an end to the problem

2 (pelearse) terminar CON algn to finish WITH sb

ha terminado con el novio she's finished with o split up with her boyfriend

D (llegar a) terminar DE + INF:

no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced

no terminaba de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it

■ terminarse

v pron

A «azúcar/pan» to run out

el café se ha terminado we've run out of coffee, the coffee's run out

(+ me/te/le etc): se me terminó la lana azul I've run out of blue wool

se nos han terminado, señora we've run out (of them), madam o we've sold out, madam

B «curso/reunión» to come to an end, be over

otro año que se termina another year comes to an end o another year is over

se terminó la discusión, aquí el que manda soy yo that's the end of the argument, I'm in charge here

C ( enf) ‹libro/comida› to finish, polish off

* * *

terminar ( conjugate terminar) verbo transitivo ‹trabajo/estudio› to finish;
‹casa/obras› to finish, complete;
‹discusión/conflicto› to put an end to;
◊ termina esa sopa finish up that soup;

terminar la comida con un café to end the meal with a cup of coffee
verbo intransitivo
1 [ persona]
a) ( de hacer algo) to finish;

terminar de hacer algo to finish doing sth;
◊ déjame terminar de hablar let me finish (speaking)

b) (en estado, situación) to end up;

◊ terminé muy cansada I ended up feeling very tired;

va a terminar mal he's going to come to a bad end;
terminó marchándose or por marcharse he ended up leaving
2
a) [reunión/situación] to end, come to an end;

◊ al terminar la clase when the class ended;

esto va a terminar mal this is going to turn out o end badly
b) ( rematar) terminar EN algo to end in sth;

◊ termina en consonante it ends in a consonant

c) ( llegar a):

◊ no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced;

no terminaba de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it
3
◊ terminar con

a) ( acabar) terminar con algo ‹con libro/tarea› to finish with sth;

‹con problema/abuso› to put an end to sth
b) terminar con algn ( pelearse) to finish with sb;

( matar) to kill sb
terminarse verbo pronominal
1 [azúcar/pan] to run out;
◊ se me terminó la lana I've run out of wool

2 [curso/reunión] to come to an end, be over
3 ( enf) ‹libro/comida› to finish, polish off
terminar
I verbo transitivo
1 (una tarea, objeto) to finish: ya terminó el jersey, she has already finished the pullover ➣ Ver nota en finish 2 (de comer, beber, gastar) to finish: te compraré otro cuando termines este frasco, I'll buy you another one when you finish this bottle
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cesar, poner fin) to finish, end: mi trabajo termina a las seis, I finish work at six o'clock
no termina de creérselo, he still can't believe it
(dejar de necesitar, utilizar) ¿has terminado con el ordenador?, have you finished with the computer?
(acabar la vida, carrera, etc) to end up: terminó amargada, she ended up being embittered
2 (eliminar, acabar) este niño terminará con mi paciencia, this boy is trying my patience
tenemos que terminar con esta situación, we have to put an end to this situation
3 (estar rematado) to end: termina en vocal, it ends with a vowel
terminaba en punta, it had a pointed end
' terminar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
egresar
- emplear
- enterrar
- fijarse
- frenesí
- gastar
- parar
- rematar
- sin
- ventilarse
- zanjar
- acabar
- completar
- concluir
- faltar
- hasta
- medio
- mucho
- para
- pelear
- por
- último
English:
break up
- cease
- charge off
- clock
- close
- complete
- cooperation
- crop up
- drink up
- eat up
- end
- end up
- expire
- finish
- finish off
- finish up
- finish with
- get through
- graduate
- knock off
- leeway
- near
- stop
- time limit
- vain
- wind up
- and
- break
- concentrate
- conclude
- draw
- drink
- eat
- finished
- get
- leave
- nowhere
- round
- see
- undone
- unfinished
- wind

* * *

terminar

♦ vt
[acabar] to finish;
termina la cerveza, que nos vamos finish your beer, we're going;

terminamos el viaje en San Francisco we ended our journey in San Francisco;

dar por terminado algo [discurso, reunión, discusión, visita] to bring sth to an end o a close;

está sin terminar it isn't finished;

Comp
RP Fam
¡terminala! that's enough!

♦ vi

1. [acabar] to end, to finish;
[tren, autobús, línea de metro] to stop, to terminate;
¿cómo termina la historia? how does the story end o finish?;

todo ha terminado it's all over;

deja que termine, déjame terminar [al hablar] let me finish;

terminar con la pobreza/la corrupción to put an end to poverty/corruption;

¿has terminado con las tijeras? have o are you finished with the scissors?;

han terminado con toda la leche que quedaba they've finished off o used up all the milk that was left;

terminar con algo/alguien [arruinar, destruir] to destroy sth/sb;
[matar] to kill sth/sb;
terminar de hacer algo to finish doing sth;

terminamos de desayunar a las nueve we finished having breakfast at nine;

terminar en [objeto] to end in;

termina en punta it ends in a point;

las sílabas que terminan en vocal syllables that end in a vowel;

para terminar, debo agradecer… [en discurso] finally, I would like to thank…

2. [reñir] to finish, to split up ( con with);
¡hemos terminado! it's over!

3. [en cierto estado o situación] to end up;

terminamos de mal humor/un poco deprimidos we ended up in a bad mood/(feeling) rather depressed;

terminó loco he ended up going mad;

vas a terminar odiando la física you'll end up hating physics;

este chico terminará mal this boy will come to a bad end;

este asunto terminará mal no good will come of this matter;

terminó de camarero/en la cárcel he ended up as a waiter/in jail;

la discusión terminó en pelea the argument ended in a fight;

terminar por hacer algo to end up doing sth

4. [llegar a]
no termino de entender lo que quieres decir I still can't quite understand what you mean;

no terminábamos de ponernos de acuerdo we couldn't quite seem to come to an agreement;

no termina de gustarme I'm not crazy about it

♦ See also the pronominal verb terminarse

* * *

terminar

I v/t end, finish

II v/i

1 end, finish;

terminar con algo/alguien finish with sth/s.o.;

terminar de hacer algo finish doing sth

2 ( parar) stop

3

:

terminar por hacer algo end up doing sth

* * *

terminar vt

1) concluir: to end, to conclude

2) acabar: to complete, to finish off

terminar vi

1) : to finish

2) : to stop, to end

♦ See also the reflexive verb terminarse

* * *

terminar vb

1. (en general) to finish

las clases terminan a las cinco de la tarde classes finish at five in the afternoon

se ha terminado la reunión the meeting has finished

2. (al final) to end up

todo terminó bien everything ended up all right

Spanish-English dictionary > terminar
2 término

m.

1 term, word, definition, expression.

2 end, completion, termination, tag end.

3 fixed period of time, term.

4 end of the line, end of the road.

5 terminus.

* * *

término

► nombre masculino

1 (fin) end, finish

■ el término de una carrera the end of a race

2 (estación) terminus, terminal

3 (límite) limit, boundary; (hito) boundary marker

4 (plazo) term, time, period

■ en el término de cuatro años within a period of four years

5 (palabra) term, word

■ término técnico technical term

6 (estado) condition, state

7 (lugar, posición) place

8 (en matemáticas, gramática) term

► nombre masculino plural términos

1 (condiciones) conditions, terms

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dar término a algo to conclude something

en otros términos in other words

en términos de in terms of

en términos generales generally speaking

en último término figurado as a last resort

invertir los términos to get it the wrong way round

llevar algo a buen término to carry something through successfully

poner término a algo to put an end to something

por término medio on average

primer término ARTE foreground

término mayor/medio/menor major/middle/minor term

término medio middle ground, area of compromise

■ hallar un término medio to reach a compromise

término municipal district

términos de un contrato DERECHO terms of a contract

* * *

noun m.

1) term

2) end

* * *

SM

1) (=fin) end, conclusion frm

• al término del partido/del debate — at the end o frm conclusion of the match/of the debate

• dar término a — [+ situación] to end; [+ labor] to complete

dio término a la obra que su antecesor dejó sin concluir — he completed the work that his predecessor had left unfinished

• llegar a término — [negociación, proyecto] to be completed, come to a conclusion; [embarazo] to go to (full) term

las negociaciones llegaron a buen término — the negotiations came to a successful conclusion

• llevar algo a término — to bring sth to a conclusion

llevar algo a buen o feliz término — to bring sth to a successful conclusion

llevar a término un embarazo — to go to (full) term, carry a pregnancy to full term

• poner término a algo — to put an end to sth

tenemos que poner término a tales atrocidades — we must put an end to such atrocities

2) (=lugar)

• primer término — [de imagen] foreground

en primer término podemos contemplar la torre — in the foreground, we can see the tower

de ahí se deduce, en primer término, que... — thus we may deduce, firstly, that...

• segundo término — middle distance

con la recesión el problema pasó a un segundo término — with the recession the problem took second place

en segundo término — secondly

• en último término — (=en último lugar) ultimately; (=si no hay otro remedio) as a last resort

la decisión, en último término, es suya — ultimately, the decision is his

la causa fue, en último término, la crisis económica de los 70 — the cause was, in the final o last analysis, the economic crisis of the 70s

en último término puedes dormir en el sofá — if the worst comes to the worst, you can always sleep on the sofa

término medio — (=punto medio) happy medium; (=solución intermedia) compromise, middle way

ni mucho ni poco, queremos un término medio — neither too much nor too little, we want a happy medium

tendrán que buscar un término medio — they will have to look for a compromise o middle way

como o por término medio — on average

3) (Ling) (=palabra, expresión) term

una lista de términos médicos — a list of medical terms

era una revolucionaria, en el buen sentido del término — she was a revolutionary in the good sense of the word

4) pl términos

a) (=palabras) terms

se expresó en términos conciliatorios — he expressed himself in conciliatory terms

han perdido unos 10.000 millones de dólares en términos de productividad — they have lost some 10,000 million dollars in terms of productivity

• en términos generales — in general terms, generally speaking

• (dicho) en otros términos,... — in other words...

• en términos reales — in real terms

b) (=condiciones) [de contrato, acuerdo, tregua] terms

según los términos del contrato — according to the terms of the contract

los términos del intercambio — the terms of trade

• estar en buenos términos con algn — to be on good terms with sb

5) (Mat, Fil) [de fracción, ecuación] term

- invertir los términos

6) (=límite) [de terreno] boundary, limit; (=en carretera) boundary stone

término municipal — municipal district, municipal area

7) (=plazo) period, term frm

en el término de diez días — within a period o frm term of ten days

8) Col, Méx [en restaurante]

-¿qué término quiere la carne? -término medio, por favor — "how would you like the meat?" - "medium, please"

9) (Ferro) terminus

* * *

masculino

1) (frml) ( final) end, conclusion (frml)

llevar algo a buen término — to bring something to a successful conclusion

dio término a sus vacaciones — he ended his vacation

poner término a algo — to put an end to something

2) ( plazo) period

en el término de un mes — within a month

a término fijo — (Col) <contrato/inversión> fixed-term (before n)

en el término de la distancia — (Col fam) in the time it takes me/him to get there

3) (posición, instancia)

fue relegado a un segundo término — he was relegated to second place

en último término — as a last resort

en primer término — first o first of all

- término medio

4) (Ling) term

en términos de costos — in terms of costs

en términos generales — generally speaking

en términos reales — in real terms

5) (Fil, Mat) term

invertir los términos — (Mat) to invert the terms

invirtió los términos de manera que... — he twisted the facts in such a way that...

6) términos masculino plural (condiciones, especificaciones) terms (pl)

estar en buenos/malos términos con alguien — to be on good/bad terms with somebody

7) (Col, Méx, Ven) (Coc)

¿qué término quiere la carne? — how would you like your meat (done)?

* * *

= term, rubric, output stage, end point [endpoint].

Ex. Many other terms are used to denote a regurgitation or abbreviation of document content.

Ex. And, as another instance, it's not fair to employ rubrics for ethnic groups that are not their own, preferred names.

Ex. To rephrase this in terms already used, they involve effort at the input stage in order to reduce effort at the output stage = Expresando esto con términos ya usados, suponen un esfuerzo en la etapa inicial con objeto de reducir el esfuerzo en la etapa final.

Ex. The process reaches its end point when information is gathered, indexed and compiled into a useful format for public and library staff use.

----

* aceptar los términos de un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.

* acuñar un término = coin + term.

* agrupar los términos sinónimos = merge + synonyms.

* análisis de coocurrencia de términos = co-word analysis.

* búsqueda por términos ponderados = weighted term search.

* como término medio = on average.

* coocurrencia de términos = co-word [coword].

* encontrar un término medio entre... y = tread + a middle path between... and.

* en otros términos = in other words.

* en términos absolutos = in absolute terms.

* en términos actuales = in today's terms.

* en términos claros = in simple terms.

* en términos de = in terms of.

* en términos generales = in broad terms, generally speaking.

* en términos reales = in real terms, in actual practice.

* en términos relativos = in relative terms.

* en último término = in the last analysis, in the final analysis.

* expresar en términos = couch + in terms.

* ficha de término = term card.

* fichero de registro por término = term record file.

* hablando en términos generales = loosely speaking.

* hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.

* incluir en la búsqueda los términos relacionados = explode.

* índice de registro por término = term record index.

* índice de términos permutados = Permuterm index.

* intentar encontrar un término medio entre... y... = tread + a delicate line between... and.

* llevar a buen término = bring to + a close.

* lógica de términos ponderados = weighted term logic.

* método de la coocurrencia de términos = co-word method.

* mostrar los términos relacionados = expand.

* negociar los términos de un contrato = negotiate + terms.

* orden de ampliar la búsqueda a los términos relaci = explode command.

* orden de mostrar los términos relacionados = expand command.

* ponderación de los términos de la ecuación de búsqueda = query term weighting.

* ponderación de términos = term weight, term weighting.

* poner término a = put + paid to.

* por término medio = on average.

* presentación gráfica de términos permutados = permuted display.

* que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.

* que se puede identificar con un término = nameable.

* referencias laterales a términos de igual especificidad = sideways link.

* resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation, word sense disambiguation.

* seguro de vida a término = term life insurance.

* selección de términos = extraction of terms, term selection.

* tener por término medio = average.

* término admitido = preferred term.

* término al que se envía = target term.

* término asociado = related term.

* Término Asociado (TA) = AT (Associated Term).

* término buscado = sought term.

* término colectivo = collective term.

* término compuesto = multi-word term.

* término compuesto de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept term.

* término coordinado (TC) = CT (co-ordinate term).

* término de acción = action term.

* término de búsqueda = search term, search word.

* término de indización = indexing term.

* término de indización controlado = controlled index term, controlled indexing term.

* término de la búsqueda = query term.

* término del índice = index term.

* término del lenguaje controlado = controlled-language term.

* término del lenguaje de indización controlado = controlled index-language term.

* término del lenguaje natural = natural-language term.

* término del que se envía = referred-from term.

* término de origen = referred-from term.

* término equivalente = equivalent term.

* término específico = specific term, subordinate term.

* término específico genérico (NTG) = narrower term generic (NTG).

* término específico partitivo (NTP) = narrower term partitive (NTP).

* término general = superordinate term.

* término genérico (TG) = GT (generic term).

* término global = umbrella, umbrella term.

* término impreciso = fuzzy term.

* término inicial = lead-in term, leading term.

* termino inicial de un encabezamiento compuesto = lead term, main heading.

* término invertido = inverted term.

* término más específico = narrower term.

* término más general = broader term, wider term.

* término más genérico = broader term.

* término medio = compromise, happy medium, balance.

* término no admitido = non-preferred term, unused term.

* término no buscado = unsought term.

* término oculto = hidden term.

* término partitivo = partitive term.

* término ponderado = weighted term.

* término principal = main term.

* término que representa un único concepto = one concept term.

* término que solapa a otro en el significado (TX) = XT (overlapping term).

* término referenciado = target term.

* términos = wording.

* términos controlados = controlled terms.

* términos de un contrato = contract stipulations.

* término secundario = qualifying term.

* término sinónimo = ST, synonymous term.

* término sin ponderar = unweighted term.

* término superior = top term, TT.

* términos y condiciones = terms and conditions.

* términos y condiciones de la licencia = licence terms and conditions, licence terms.

* tomar por término medio = average.

* TR (término relacionado) = RT (related term).

* * *

masculino

1) (frml) ( final) end, conclusion (frml)

llevar algo a buen término — to bring something to a successful conclusion

dio término a sus vacaciones — he ended his vacation

poner término a algo — to put an end to something

2) ( plazo) period

en el término de un mes — within a month

a término fijo — (Col) <contrato/inversión> fixed-term (before n)

en el término de la distancia — (Col fam) in the time it takes me/him to get there

3) (posición, instancia)

fue relegado a un segundo término — he was relegated to second place

en último término — as a last resort

en primer término — first o first of all

- término medio

4) (Ling) term

en términos de costos — in terms of costs

en términos generales — generally speaking

en términos reales — in real terms

5) (Fil, Mat) term

invertir los términos — (Mat) to invert the terms

invirtió los términos de manera que... — he twisted the facts in such a way that...

6) términos masculino plural (condiciones, especificaciones) terms (pl)

estar en buenos/malos términos con alguien — to be on good/bad terms with somebody

7) (Col, Méx, Ven) (Coc)

¿qué término quiere la carne? — how would you like your meat (done)?

* * *

= term, rubric, output stage, end point [endpoint].

Ex: Many other terms are used to denote a regurgitation or abbreviation of document content.

Ex: And, as another instance, it's not fair to employ rubrics for ethnic groups that are not their own, preferred names.

Ex: To rephrase this in terms already used, they involve effort at the input stage in order to reduce effort at the output stage = Expresando esto con términos ya usados, suponen un esfuerzo en la etapa inicial con objeto de reducir el esfuerzo en la etapa final.

Ex: The process reaches its end point when information is gathered, indexed and compiled into a useful format for public and library staff use.

* aceptar los términos de un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.

* acuñar un término = coin + term.

* agrupar los términos sinónimos = merge + synonyms.

* análisis de coocurrencia de términos = co-word analysis.

* búsqueda por términos ponderados = weighted term search.

* como término medio = on average.

* coocurrencia de términos = co-word [coword].

* encontrar un término medio entre... y = tread + a middle path between... and.

* en otros términos = in other words.

* en términos absolutos = in absolute terms.

* en términos actuales = in today's terms.

* en términos claros = in simple terms.

* en términos de = in terms of.

* en términos generales = in broad terms, generally speaking.

* en términos reales = in real terms, in actual practice.

* en términos relativos = in relative terms.

* en último término = in the last analysis, in the final analysis.

* expresar en términos = couch + in terms.

* ficha de término = term card.

* fichero de registro por término = term record file.

* hablando en términos generales = loosely speaking.

* hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.

* incluir en la búsqueda los términos relacionados = explode.

* índice de registro por término = term record index.

* índice de términos permutados = Permuterm index.

* intentar encontrar un término medio entre... y... = tread + a delicate line between... and.

* llevar a buen término = bring to + a close.

* lógica de términos ponderados = weighted term logic.

* método de la coocurrencia de términos = co-word method.

* mostrar los términos relacionados = expand.

* negociar los términos de un contrato = negotiate + terms.

* orden de ampliar la búsqueda a los términos relaci = explode command.

* orden de mostrar los términos relacionados = expand command.

* ponderación de los términos de la ecuación de búsqueda = query term weighting.

* ponderación de términos = term weight, term weighting.

* poner término a = put + paid to.

* por término medio = on average.

* presentación gráfica de términos permutados = permuted display.

* que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.

* que se puede identificar con un término = nameable.

* referencias laterales a términos de igual especificidad = sideways link.

* resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation, word sense disambiguation.

* seguro de vida a término = term life insurance.

* selección de términos = extraction of terms, term selection.

* tener por término medio = average.

* término admitido = preferred term.

* término al que se envía = target term.

* término asociado = related term.

* Término Asociado (TA) = AT (Associated Term).

* término buscado = sought term.

* término colectivo = collective term.

* término compuesto = multi-word term.

* término compuesto de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept term.

* término coordinado (TC) = CT (co-ordinate term).

* término de acción = action term.

* término de búsqueda = search term, search word.

* término de indización = indexing term.

* término de indización controlado = controlled index term, controlled indexing term.

* término de la búsqueda = query term.

* término del índice = index term.

* término del lenguaje controlado = controlled-language term.

* término del lenguaje de indización controlado = controlled index-language term.

* término del lenguaje natural = natural-language term.

* término del que se envía = referred-from term.

* término de origen = referred-from term.

* término equivalente = equivalent term.

* término específico = specific term, subordinate term.

* término específico genérico (NTG) = narrower term generic (NTG).

* término específico partitivo (NTP) = narrower term partitive (NTP).

* término general = superordinate term.

* término genérico (TG) = GT (generic term).

* término global = umbrella, umbrella term.

* término impreciso = fuzzy term.

* término inicial = lead-in term, leading term.

* termino inicial de un encabezamiento compuesto = lead term, main heading.

* término invertido = inverted term.

* término más específico = narrower term.

* término más general = broader term, wider term.

* término más genérico = broader term.

* término medio = compromise, happy medium, balance.

* término no admitido = non-preferred term, unused term.

* término no buscado = unsought term.

* término oculto = hidden term.

* término partitivo = partitive term.

* término ponderado = weighted term.

* término principal = main term.

* término que representa un único concepto = one concept term.

* término que solapa a otro en el significado (TX) = XT (overlapping term).

* término referenciado = target term.

* términos = wording.

* términos controlados = controlled terms.

* términos de un contrato = contract stipulations.

* término secundario = qualifying term.

* término sinónimo = ST, synonymous term.

* término sin ponderar = unweighted term.

* término superior = top term, TT.

* términos y condiciones = terms and conditions.

* términos y condiciones de la licencia = licence terms and conditions, licence terms.

* tomar por término medio = average.

* TR (término relacionado) = RT (related term).

* * *

término

masculine

A ( frml) (final) end, conclusion ( frml)

al término de la reunión at the end o conclusion of the meeting

llevar a buen término las negociaciones to bring the negotiations to a successful conclusion

dio or pulso término a sus vacaciones he ended his vacation

B (plazo) period

en el término de una semana within a week

a término fijo ( Col); ‹contrato/inversión› fixed-term ( before n)

en el término de la distancia ( Col fam); in the time it takes me/him to get there

C

(posición, instancia): fue relegado a un segundo término he was relegated to second place

en último término as a last resort

en primer término first o first of all

Compuestos:

● término medio

happy medium

para él no hay términos medios there's no happy medium o no in-between with him

por or como término medio on average

● término municipal

( Esp) municipal area

en el término municipal de Alcobendas within the Alcobendas municipal area o ( AmE) city limits

D ( Ling) term

glosario de términos científicos glossary of scientific terms

se expresó en términos elogiosos she spoke in highly favorable terms

soluciones eficientes en términos de costos y mantenimiento efficient solutions in terms of costs and maintenance

en términos generales no está mal generally speaking, it's not bad

en términos reales in real terms

E ( Fil, Mat) term

invertir los términos ( Mat) to invert the terms

invirtió los términos de manera que yo parecía el culpable he twisted the facts in such a way that it looked as if I was to blame

F términos mpl (condiciones, especificaciones) terms (pl)

según los términos de este acuerdo according to the terms of this agreement

estar en buenos/malos términos con algn to be on good/bad terms with sb

nuestra relación sigue en buenos términos our relationship remains on a good footing o we are still on good terms

G

(Col, Méx) ( Coc): ¿qué término quiere la carne? how would you like your meat (done)?

* * *

Del verbo terminar: ( conjugate terminar)

termino es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

terminó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
terminar
término
terminar ( conjugate terminar) verbo transitivo ‹trabajo/estudio› to finish;
‹casa/obras› to finish, complete;
‹discusión/conflicto› to put an end to;
◊ termina esa sopa finish up that soup;

término la comida con un café to end the meal with a cup of coffee
verbo intransitivo
1 [ persona]
a) ( de hacer algo) to finish;

término de hacer algo to finish doing sth;
◊ déjame término de hablar let me finish (speaking)

b) (en estado, situación) to end up;

◊ terminé muy cansada I ended up feeling very tired;

va a término mal he's going to come to a bad end;
terminó marchándose or por marcharse he ended up leaving
2
a) [reunión/situación] to end, come to an end;

◊ al término la clase when the class ended;

esto va a término mal this is going to turn out o end badly
b) ( rematar) término EN algo to end in sth;

◊ termina en consonante it ends in a consonant

c) ( llegar a):

◊ no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced;

no terminaba de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it
3
◊ terminar con

a) ( acabar) término con algo ‹con libro/tarea› to finish with sth;

‹con problema/abuso› to put an end to sth
b) término con algn ( pelearse) to finish with sb;

( matar) to kill sb
terminarse verbo pronominal
1 [azúcar/pan] to run out;
◊ se me terminó la lana I've run out of wool

2 [curso/reunión] to come to an end, be over
3 ( enf) ‹libro/comida› to finish, polish off
término sustantivo masculino
1 (posición, instancia):
◊ en primer término first, first of all;

término medio happy medium;
por término medio on average
2 (Ling) term;
◊ en términos reales in real terms

3
◊ términos sustantivo masculino plural (condiciones, especificaciones) terms (pl)

4 (Col, Méx, Ven) (Coc):
◊ ¿qué término quiere la carne? how would you like your meat (done)?

terminar
I verbo transitivo
1 (una tarea, objeto) to finish: ya terminó el jersey, she has already finished the pullover ➣ Ver nota en finish 2 (de comer, beber, gastar) to finish: te compraré otro cuando termines este frasco, I'll buy you another one when you finish this bottle
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cesar, poner fin) to finish, end: mi trabajo termina a las seis, I finish work at six o'clock
no termina de creérselo, he still can't believe it
(dejar de necesitar, utilizar) ¿has terminado con el ordenador?, have you finished with the computer?
(acabar la vida, carrera, etc) to end up: terminó amargada, she ended up being embittered
2 (eliminar, acabar) este niño terminará con mi paciencia, this boy is trying my patience
tenemos que terminar con esta situación, we have to put an end to this situation
3 (estar rematado) to end: termina en vocal, it ends with a vowel
terminaba en punta, it had a pointed end
término sustantivo masculino
1 (vocablo) term, word: respondió en términos muy corteses, he answered very politely
un término técnico, a technical term
2 (fin, extremo) end
3 (territorio) el término municipal de Arganda, Arganda municipal district
4 (plazo) contéstame en el término de una semana, give me an answer within a week
5 términos mpl (de un contrato, etc) terms
en términos generales, generally speaking 6 por término medio, on average
♦ Locuciones: figurado en último término, as a last resort
' término' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abogada
- abogado
- distraerse
- fin
- índice
- infarto
- nariz
- radical
- tecnicismo
- terminar
- terminarse
- costa
- despectivo
- empate
- estación
- mico
- muela
English:
average
- baby
- culminate
- feud
- misnomer
- more
- on
- over
- rattle through
- Secretary of State
- term
- blow
- have
- liability
- medium
- next
- no
- note
- terminate

* * *

término nm

1. [fin] end;

al término de la reunión se ofrecerá una rueda de prensa there will be a press conference at the conclusion of the meeting;

dar término a algo [discurso, reunión, discusión] to bring sth to a close;
[visita, vacaciones] to end;
llegó a su término it came to an end;

llevar algo a buen término to bring sth to a successful conclusion;

poner término a algo [relación, amenazas] to put an end to sth;
[discusión, debate] to bring sth to a close
2. [plano, posición]
en primer término [en cuadros, fotografías] in the foreground;

quedar o [m5] permanecer en un segundo término [pasar inadvertido] to remain in the background;

su carrera como modelo ha quedado en un segundo término y ahora se dedica al cine her modelling career now takes second place to her acting;

en último término [en cuadros, fotografías] in the background;
[si es necesario] as a last resort; [en resumidas cuentas] in the final analysis
3. [punto, situación] point;

llegados a este término hay que tomar una decisión we have reached the point where we have to take a decision

Comp
término medio [media] average; [arreglo] compromise, happy medium;
por término medio on average

4. [palabra] term;

lo dijo, aunque no con o [m5] en esos términos that's what he said, although he didn't put it quite the same way;

en términos generales generally speaking;

en términos de Freud in Freud's words;

los términos del acuerdo/contrato the terms of the agreement/contract

5. Mat [de fracción, silogismo, ecuación] term

6. [relaciones]
estar en buenos/malos términos (con) to be on good/bad terms (with)

7. [territorio]
término (municipal) = area under the jurisdiction of a town o city council

8. [plazo] period;

en el término de un mes within (the space of) a month

9. [de línea férrea, de autobús] terminus

10. [linde, límite] boundary

* * *

término

m

1 end, conclusion;

poner término a algo put an end to sth;

llevar a término bring to an end

2 ( palabra) term;

en términos generales in general terms

3

:

términos pl de contrato, acuerdo etc terms

4

:

por término medio on average;

en primer término in the foreground;

en último término as a last resort

5 ( periodo)

:

en el término de in the period of, in the space of

* * *

término nm

1) conclusión: end, conclusion

2) : term, expression

3) : period, term of office

4)

término medio : happy medium

5) términos nmpl

: terms, specifications

los términos del acuerdo: the terms of the agreement

* * *

término n

1. (en general) term

un término científico a scientific term

2. (fin) end

el término de su contrato the end of his contract

Spanish-English dictionary > término
3 término

Del verbo terminar: ( conjugate terminar) \ \
termino es: \ \
1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

terminó es: \ \
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo
Multiple Entries: terminar término
terminar ( conjugate terminar) verbo transitivo ‹trabajo/estudio› to finish; ‹casa/obras› to finish, complete; ‹discusión/conflicto› to put an end to;
◊ termina esa sopa finish up that soup;
término la comida con un café to end the meal with a cup of coffee verbo intransitivo 1 [ persona]
a) ( de hacer algo) to finish;
término de hacer algo to finish doing sth;
◊ déjame término de hablar let me finish (speaking)

b) (en estado, situación) to end up;

◊ terminé muy cansada I ended up feeling very tired;
va a término mal he's going to come to a bad end; terminó marchándose or por marcharse he ended up leaving 2
a) [reunión/situación] to end, come to an end;

◊ al término la clase when the class ended;
esto va a término mal this is going to turn out o end badly
b) ( rematar) término EN algo to end in sth;

◊ termina en consonante it ends in a consonant

c) ( llegar a):

◊ no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced;
no terminaba de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it 3
◊ terminar con

a) ( acabar) término con algo ‹con libro/tarea› to finish with sth;
‹con problema/abuso› to put an end to sth
b) término con algn ( pelearse) to finish with sb;
( matar) to kill sb terminarse verbo pronominal 1 [azúcar/pan] to run out;
◊ se me terminó la lana I've run out of wool
2 [curso/reunión] to come to an end, be over 3 ( enf) ‹libro/comida› to finish, polish off
término sustantivo masculino 1 (posición, instancia):
◊ en primer término first, first of all;
término medio happy medium; por término medio on average 2 (Ling) term;
◊ en términos reales in real terms
3
◊ términos sustantivo masculino plural (condiciones, especificaciones) terms (pl)
4 (Col, Méx, Ven) (Coc):
◊ ¿qué término quiere la carne? how would you like your meat (done)?

terminar
I verbo transitivo
1 (una tarea, objeto) to finish: ya terminó el jersey, she has already finished the pullover ➣ Ver nota en finish 2 (de comer, beber, gastar) to finish: te compraré otro cuando termines este frasco, I'll buy you another one when you finish this bottle
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cesar, poner fin) to finish, end: mi trabajo termina a las seis, I finish work at six o'clock
no termina de creérselo, he still can't believe it (dejar de necesitar, utilizar) ¿has terminado con el ordenador?, have you finished with the computer? (acabar la vida, carrera, etc) to end up: terminó amargada, she ended up being embittered
2 (eliminar, acabar) este niño terminará con mi paciencia, this boy is trying my patience
tenemos que terminar con esta situación, we have to put an end to this situation
3 (estar rematado) to end: termina en vocal, it ends with a vowel
terminaba en punta, it had a pointed end
término sustantivo masculino
1 (vocablo) term, word: respondió en términos muy corteses, he answered very politely
un término técnico, a technical term
2 (fin, extremo) end
3 (territorio) el término municipal de Arganda, Arganda municipal district
4 (plazo) contéstame en el término de una semana, give me an answer within a week
5 términos mpl (de un contrato, etc) terms
en términos generales, generally speaking 6 por término medio, on average Locuciones: figurado en último término, as a last resort ' término' also found in these entries: Spanish: abogada - abogado - distraerse - fin - índice - infarto - nariz - radical - tecnicismo - terminar - terminarse - costa - despectivo - empate - estación - mico - muela English: average - baby - culminate - feud - misnomer - more - on - over - rattle through - Secretary of State - term - blow - have - liability - medium - next - no - note - terminate

English-spanish dictionary > término
4 terminar

terminar ( conjugate terminar) verbo transitivo ‹trabajo/estudio› to finish; ‹casa/obras› to finish, complete; ‹discusión/conflicto› to put an end to;
◊ termina esa sopa finish up that soup;
terminar la comida con un café to end the meal with a cup of coffee verbo intransitivo 1 [ persona]
a) ( de hacer algo) to finish;
terminar de hacer algo to finish doing sth;
◊ déjame terminar de hablar let me finish (speaking)

b) (en estado, situación) to end up;

◊ terminé muy cansada I ended up feeling very tired;
va a terminar mal he's going to come to a bad end; terminó marchándose or por marcharse he ended up leaving 2
a) [reunión/situación] to end, come to an end;

◊ al terminar la clase when the class ended;
esto va a terminar mal this is going to turn out o end badly
b) ( rematar) terminar EN algo to end in sth;

◊ termina en consonante it ends in a consonant

c) ( llegar a):

◊ no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced;
no terminaba de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it 3
◊ terminar con

a) ( acabar) terminar con algo ‹con libro/tarea› to finish with sth;
‹con problema/abuso› to put an end to sth
b) terminar con algn ( pelearse) to finish with sb;
( matar) to kill sb terminarse verbo pronominal 1 [azúcar/pan] to run out;
◊ se me terminó la lana I've run out of wool
2 [curso/reunión] to come to an end, be over 3 ( enf) ‹libro/comida› to finish, polish off
terminar
I verbo transitivo
1 (una tarea, objeto) to finish: ya terminó el jersey, she has already finished the pullover ➣ Ver nota en finish 2 (de comer, beber, gastar) to finish: te compraré otro cuando termines este frasco, I'll buy you another one when you finish this bottle
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cesar, poner fin) to finish, end: mi trabajo termina a las seis, I finish work at six o'clock
no termina de creérselo, he still can't believe it (dejar de necesitar, utilizar) ¿has terminado con el ordenador?, have you finished with the computer? (acabar la vida, carrera, etc) to end up: terminó amargada, she ended up being embittered
2 (eliminar, acabar) este niño terminará con mi paciencia, this boy is trying my patience
tenemos que terminar con esta situación, we have to put an end to this situation
3 (estar rematado) to end: termina en vocal, it ends with a vowel
terminaba en punta, it had a pointed end ' terminar' also found in these entries: Spanish: egresar - emplear - enterrar - fijarse - frenesí - gastar - parar - rematar - sin - ventilarse - zanjar - acabar - completar - concluir - faltar - hasta - medio - mucho - para - pelear - por - último English: break up - cease - charge off - clock - close - complete - cooperation - crop up - drink up - eat up - end - end up - expire - finish - finish off - finish up - finish with - get through - graduate - knock off - leeway - near - stop - time limit - vain - wind up - and - break - concentrate - conclude - draw - drink - eat - finished - get - leave - nowhere - round - see - undone - unfinished - wind

English-spanish dictionary > terminar
5 יצא

יָצָא(b. h.) 1) to go forth; to rise (of the sun); to go out. Gen. R. s. 39 אֵצֵא ויהיווכ׳ I shall leave (my fathers house), and they may desecrate Ib. י׳ לו מוניטון a medal was issued in his memory, v. מוֹנִיטוֹן. Ib. s. 6 בשעה שהוא יוצא when he (the sun) rises; בשעה שהיא יוֹצֵאת when she (the moon) rises. Snh.52a ארור שיָצָאת זו מחלציו (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note) cursed is he from whose loins this woman went forth.Sabb.V, 1 במה … יוֹצְאָה what is an animal permitted to wear on going out (on the Sabbath)? Ib. VI, 1 לא תֵצֵאוכ׳ a woman must not wear on going out ; a. v. fr. 2) to end; to go to the end of, to live through. Y.Ber.VIII, 12b bot. כיון שיָצָת שבת when the Sabbath ended. Y.Shebi.VI, 36c top אינו יוצא שבתו ולא יָ׳וכ׳ he shall not live to the end of this week, and he did not arrive at the end of the week before he was dead; (Erub.63a הוציא שנתו, v. infra); a. e. 3) to be expended. Num. R. s. 14, end, v. הוֹצָאָה. 4) to be excluded; exempt; (rarely) to exclude, deduct. Y.Ned.II, beg.37b י׳ דבר של איסור this is to exclude a vow concerning a forbidden act; Bab. ib. 17a י׳ נשבע לבטלוכ׳ this excludes the case of one who makes oath that he will disregard a law. Y.Yeb.I, 2c top אשר תלד יָצְתָה זווכ׳ ‘whom she may bear (Deut. 25:6), herewith is excluded she (the אַיְילוֹנִית) who ; a. v. fr.Y. Ḥag.I, 76c top צֵא מהם שני ימים deduct from them two days; ib. צא שבת מהם deduct the Sabbath day.Esp. idiomatic uses: a) י׳ בן חורין, י׳ לחירות, or only י׳ to be freed. Peah III, 8; Gitt.42a. Kidd.24a יוצאבשןוכ׳ he is freed, when his master caused his loss of a tooth or an eye; a. v. fr.b) (of a wife) to be sent away, to be divorced. Keth.VII, 6 ואלו יוֹצְאוֹת שלא בכתובה the following wives have to leave without receiving their Kthubah. Ib. 7 תֵּצֵא̇ she must leave. Ib. X, 5; a. v. fr.c) י׳ ידי (or מִידֵי) to go out of the power of; to be released; to do justice to, be justified before. Shek. III, 2 לפי שאדם צריך לָצֵאת ידי הבריות … לָצֵאת ידי המקום because man must appear justified before men as well as before God; Ex. R. s. 51; a. fr.י׳ ידי חובתו, or י׳ to comply with the requirements of the law. Ber.8b. Ib. II, 1 אם כיון לבו י׳ if he read with attention, he has done his duty (which requires the reading of the Shma). Y.Shek.III, 47b bot. מהו לצאתוכ׳ is the law complied with when one uses wine ?Mekh. Bo, Pisḥa, s.6; a. v. fr.Gen. R. s. 39 לא יָצָאתָה ידי השבועה thou hast not redeemed thy oath; ib. s. 49; Lev. R. s. 10, beg.Makhsh. VI, 5; Tosef.Toh.X, 3 י׳ מידי שמן, v. מוֹחַלי׳ מידי פשוטו, v. מִקְרָא.d) י׳ מן הכלל or י׳ to be taken out of the general rule, to be specified (although being implied in the general rule). Sifra, introd. כל דבר שהיה בכלל וי׳ … לא ללמד על עצמו י׳וכ׳ whatever would have been implied in the general law and yet is specified again (in the Biblical text) in order to teach (something not mentioned before), has been specified not only to teach something new concerning the specific case, but to teach it concerning the whole class. Ib. י׳ לטעון, v. טָעַן I. Tem.I, 6 ולמה י׳ and for what purpose are tithes especially mentioned (Lev. 27:30, sq.)?; a. fr.e) כַּיּוֹצֵא ב־ like that which passes with it (in the same class), similar; in a similar way. Pes.III, 2 אם יש כי׳ בו שהחמיץ if there is a similar dough (started simultaneously with the one in question) which has begun to ferment. Ber.59b, sq. ואין לו כי׳ בו when he has no house like it; כי׳ בהם garments like them. Zeb.V, 6 המורם מהם כי׳ בהם what is taken of them for the priest, is like them (subject to the same laws). M. Kat. 16b כי׳ בדבר אתה אומרוכ׳ in a similar way (as something coming under the same category) yon read Sifré Num. 32; a. v. fr.f) י׳ שכרו בהפסדו its benefit is lost in its disadvantage; i. e. benefit and disadvantage are counterbalanced. Ab. V, 11, sq.g) (euphem.) to retire for human needs (v. Toh. X, 2). Ber.62a השכם וצֵאוכ׳ go out early in the morning Ex. R. s. 9 ואינו יוצא לנקביו and has no human needs. Ib. לא היה יוצא אלאוכ׳ he used to go out only to the water (to make believe he was a superhuman being); a. fr.h) to be proved, identified. Keth.II, 3 היה כתב ידם יוצא ממקום אחר if their signature can be identified otherwise (than by their own declaration); a. e. Hif. הוֹצִיא 1) to take out, to lead forth, bring forth; to release, discharge, send off. Ber.VI, I before eating bread one says, המוֹצִיא לחםוכ׳ (blessed be thou, O Lord) who hast brought forth bread out of the earth (v. ib. 38a as to המוציא or מוציא); ib. 37b; a. fr.Ab. Zar.41b, a. fr.; אין ספק מוציאוכ׳, v. וַדַּאי. B. Mets.37b לא זו הדרך מוֹצִיאָתוֹ מידי עבירה עדוכ׳ this is not the way that relieves him from sin (this is no full atonement), (he is not relieved) until he pays ; Yeb.XV, 7. Ib. 6, sq. אין זו דרך מוֹצִיאָתָהּוכ׳ she is not relieved from the possibility of sin, unless she is not permitted to marry again and forbidden to partake of Trumah.Ib. 36b יוֹצִיא (יוֹצִיאָהּ) בגט he dismisses her with a letter of divorce. Ib. ואם נשא יוציא and if he married her (against the law), he must dismiss her (divorce her); a. fr.Ab. II, 11, a. fr. מוֹצִיאִין את האדם מן העולם take a man out of the world, i. e. cause him to lose the true enjoyment of life. 2) to exclude. Y.Yeb.I, 2c top איילונית מטעם אחר הוֹצֵאתָהּ the aylonith thou dost (the law does) exclude for another reason (v. supra). Num. R. s. 14, end אוֹצִיא את ישראל let me exclude the Israelites, א׳ את הזקנים the elders; a. fr.להוֹצִיא (= ch. לאפוקי, v. אַפֵּק, or למעוטי, v. מעט) to the exclusion of. Succ.28a; Kidd.34a האזרח לה׳ את הנשים ‘ the native (Lev. 23:42) intimates the exemption of women (from the duty of dwelling in booths); a. v. fr. 3) to lead to the end, to live through. Erub.63a, v. supra. 4) to produce, present. Keth.XIII, 8 המוציא שטר חוב … והלהה׳וכ׳ if one produces a note of indebtedness against his neighbor, and the latter produces evidence that the claimant sold him a field (and paid him, which he would not have done, if he had a claim). Ib. 9. Ib. IX, 9 הוֹצִיאָה גט if she produces a letter of divorce; a. v. fr. 5) to spend, lay out. Ib. VIII, 5, v. הוֹצָאָה; a. fr.Esp. idiomatic uses: a) ה׳ ידי חוב־ or ה׳ (v. supra) to be the instrument of a persons complying with the law, e. g. to read a prayer and thus cause the listener to perform his duty as though he read it himself; to act in anothers behalf effectively. R. Hash. III, 5 אין מוֹצִיאִין את הרבים ידי חובתן they cannot act (blow the Shofar) in behalf of the assembled congregation. Ib. 29a אע״פ שיצא מוציא although he has done his duty (has read the prayer for himself), he may act in behalf of others. Ib. ולעצמו מוציא and can he (the half-slave and half-freedman) act in his own behalf?; a. fr.b) to collect, to claim. Keth.VIII, 1 הבעל מוציא מיד הלקוחות the husband can reclaim the property from those who bought it. B. Kam. III, 11 המוציא מחבירו עליו הראייה the claimant must produce evidence; a. v. fr.c) to utter. Arakh.5a, a. fr. אין אדם מוציא דבריו לבטלה no man utters his words for no purpose (he must have meant something).ה׳ לעז to slander, discredit. Sabb.97a, a. fr., v. לַעַז.d) to carry an object (on the Sabbath) out of a private to a public place, or from one private place to another, v. רָשוּת. Sabb.VII, 2, sq.; a. fr.e) to secrete. Sifré Num. 88 יש לך … שאין מוציאוכ׳ is there a woman-born being that does not discharge the food he eats?; a. e.f) ה׳ שבת to dismiss the Sabbath with prayer, opp. הכניס. Sabb.118b מוֹצִיאֵי שבתוכ׳ those who dismiss the Sabbath at Sepphoris.

Jewish literature > יצא
6 יָצָא

יָצָא(b. h.) 1) to go forth; to rise (of the sun); to go out. Gen. R. s. 39 אֵצֵא ויהיווכ׳ I shall leave (my fathers house), and they may desecrate Ib. י׳ לו מוניטון a medal was issued in his memory, v. מוֹנִיטוֹן. Ib. s. 6 בשעה שהוא יוצא when he (the sun) rises; בשעה שהיא יוֹצֵאת when she (the moon) rises. Snh.52a ארור שיָצָאת זו מחלציו (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note) cursed is he from whose loins this woman went forth.Sabb.V, 1 במה … יוֹצְאָה what is an animal permitted to wear on going out (on the Sabbath)? Ib. VI, 1 לא תֵצֵאוכ׳ a woman must not wear on going out ; a. v. fr. 2) to end; to go to the end of, to live through. Y.Ber.VIII, 12b bot. כיון שיָצָת שבת when the Sabbath ended. Y.Shebi.VI, 36c top אינו יוצא שבתו ולא יָ׳וכ׳ he shall not live to the end of this week, and he did not arrive at the end of the week before he was dead; (Erub.63a הוציא שנתו, v. infra); a. e. 3) to be expended. Num. R. s. 14, end, v. הוֹצָאָה. 4) to be excluded; exempt; (rarely) to exclude, deduct. Y.Ned.II, beg.37b י׳ דבר של איסור this is to exclude a vow concerning a forbidden act; Bab. ib. 17a י׳ נשבע לבטלוכ׳ this excludes the case of one who makes oath that he will disregard a law. Y.Yeb.I, 2c top אשר תלד יָצְתָה זווכ׳ ‘whom she may bear (Deut. 25:6), herewith is excluded she (the אַיְילוֹנִית) who ; a. v. fr.Y. Ḥag.I, 76c top צֵא מהם שני ימים deduct from them two days; ib. צא שבת מהם deduct the Sabbath day.Esp. idiomatic uses: a) י׳ בן חורין, י׳ לחירות, or only י׳ to be freed. Peah III, 8; Gitt.42a. Kidd.24a יוצאבשןוכ׳ he is freed, when his master caused his loss of a tooth or an eye; a. v. fr.b) (of a wife) to be sent away, to be divorced. Keth.VII, 6 ואלו יוֹצְאוֹת שלא בכתובה the following wives have to leave without receiving their Kthubah. Ib. 7 תֵּצֵא̇ she must leave. Ib. X, 5; a. v. fr.c) י׳ ידי (or מִידֵי) to go out of the power of; to be released; to do justice to, be justified before. Shek. III, 2 לפי שאדם צריך לָצֵאת ידי הבריות … לָצֵאת ידי המקום because man must appear justified before men as well as before God; Ex. R. s. 51; a. fr.י׳ ידי חובתו, or י׳ to comply with the requirements of the law. Ber.8b. Ib. II, 1 אם כיון לבו י׳ if he read with attention, he has done his duty (which requires the reading of the Shma). Y.Shek.III, 47b bot. מהו לצאתוכ׳ is the law complied with when one uses wine ?Mekh. Bo, Pisḥa, s.6; a. v. fr.Gen. R. s. 39 לא יָצָאתָה ידי השבועה thou hast not redeemed thy oath; ib. s. 49; Lev. R. s. 10, beg.Makhsh. VI, 5; Tosef.Toh.X, 3 י׳ מידי שמן, v. מוֹחַלי׳ מידי פשוטו, v. מִקְרָא.d) י׳ מן הכלל or י׳ to be taken out of the general rule, to be specified (although being implied in the general rule). Sifra, introd. כל דבר שהיה בכלל וי׳ … לא ללמד על עצמו י׳וכ׳ whatever would have been implied in the general law and yet is specified again (in the Biblical text) in order to teach (something not mentioned before), has been specified not only to teach something new concerning the specific case, but to teach it concerning the whole class. Ib. י׳ לטעון, v. טָעַן I. Tem.I, 6 ולמה י׳ and for what purpose are tithes especially mentioned (Lev. 27:30, sq.)?; a. fr.e) כַּיּוֹצֵא ב־ like that which passes with it (in the same class), similar; in a similar way. Pes.III, 2 אם יש כי׳ בו שהחמיץ if there is a similar dough (started simultaneously with the one in question) which has begun to ferment. Ber.59b, sq. ואין לו כי׳ בו when he has no house like it; כי׳ בהם garments like them. Zeb.V, 6 המורם מהם כי׳ בהם what is taken of them for the priest, is like them (subject to the same laws). M. Kat. 16b כי׳ בדבר אתה אומרוכ׳ in a similar way (as something coming under the same category) yon read Sifré Num. 32; a. v. fr.f) י׳ שכרו בהפסדו its benefit is lost in its disadvantage; i. e. benefit and disadvantage are counterbalanced. Ab. V, 11, sq.g) (euphem.) to retire for human needs (v. Toh. X, 2). Ber.62a השכם וצֵאוכ׳ go out early in the morning Ex. R. s. 9 ואינו יוצא לנקביו and has no human needs. Ib. לא היה יוצא אלאוכ׳ he used to go out only to the water (to make believe he was a superhuman being); a. fr.h) to be proved, identified. Keth.II, 3 היה כתב ידם יוצא ממקום אחר if their signature can be identified otherwise (than by their own declaration); a. e. Hif. הוֹצִיא 1) to take out, to lead forth, bring forth; to release, discharge, send off. Ber.VI, I before eating bread one says, המוֹצִיא לחםוכ׳ (blessed be thou, O Lord) who hast brought forth bread out of the earth (v. ib. 38a as to המוציא or מוציא); ib. 37b; a. fr.Ab. Zar.41b, a. fr.; אין ספק מוציאוכ׳, v. וַדַּאי. B. Mets.37b לא זו הדרך מוֹצִיאָתוֹ מידי עבירה עדוכ׳ this is not the way that relieves him from sin (this is no full atonement), (he is not relieved) until he pays ; Yeb.XV, 7. Ib. 6, sq. אין זו דרך מוֹצִיאָתָהּוכ׳ she is not relieved from the possibility of sin, unless she is not permitted to marry again and forbidden to partake of Trumah.Ib. 36b יוֹצִיא (יוֹצִיאָהּ) בגט he dismisses her with a letter of divorce. Ib. ואם נשא יוציא and if he married her (against the law), he must dismiss her (divorce her); a. fr.Ab. II, 11, a. fr. מוֹצִיאִין את האדם מן העולם take a man out of the world, i. e. cause him to lose the true enjoyment of life. 2) to exclude. Y.Yeb.I, 2c top איילונית מטעם אחר הוֹצֵאתָהּ the aylonith thou dost (the law does) exclude for another reason (v. supra). Num. R. s. 14, end אוֹצִיא את ישראל let me exclude the Israelites, א׳ את הזקנים the elders; a. fr.להוֹצִיא (= ch. לאפוקי, v. אַפֵּק, or למעוטי, v. מעט) to the exclusion of. Succ.28a; Kidd.34a האזרח לה׳ את הנשים ‘ the native (Lev. 23:42) intimates the exemption of women (from the duty of dwelling in booths); a. v. fr. 3) to lead to the end, to live through. Erub.63a, v. supra. 4) to produce, present. Keth.XIII, 8 המוציא שטר חוב … והלהה׳וכ׳ if one produces a note of indebtedness against his neighbor, and the latter produces evidence that the claimant sold him a field (and paid him, which he would not have done, if he had a claim). Ib. 9. Ib. IX, 9 הוֹצִיאָה גט if she produces a letter of divorce; a. v. fr. 5) to spend, lay out. Ib. VIII, 5, v. הוֹצָאָה; a. fr.Esp. idiomatic uses: a) ה׳ ידי חוב־ or ה׳ (v. supra) to be the instrument of a persons complying with the law, e. g. to read a prayer and thus cause the listener to perform his duty as though he read it himself; to act in anothers behalf effectively. R. Hash. III, 5 אין מוֹצִיאִין את הרבים ידי חובתן they cannot act (blow the Shofar) in behalf of the assembled congregation. Ib. 29a אע״פ שיצא מוציא although he has done his duty (has read the prayer for himself), he may act in behalf of others. Ib. ולעצמו מוציא and can he (the half-slave and half-freedman) act in his own behalf?; a. fr.b) to collect, to claim. Keth.VIII, 1 הבעל מוציא מיד הלקוחות the husband can reclaim the property from those who bought it. B. Kam. III, 11 המוציא מחבירו עליו הראייה the claimant must produce evidence; a. v. fr.c) to utter. Arakh.5a, a. fr. אין אדם מוציא דבריו לבטלה no man utters his words for no purpose (he must have meant something).ה׳ לעז to slander, discredit. Sabb.97a, a. fr., v. לַעַז.d) to carry an object (on the Sabbath) out of a private to a public place, or from one private place to another, v. רָשוּת. Sabb.VII, 2, sq.; a. fr.e) to secrete. Sifré Num. 88 יש לך … שאין מוציאוכ׳ is there a woman-born being that does not discharge the food he eats?; a. e.f) ה׳ שבת to dismiss the Sabbath with prayer, opp. הכניס. Sabb.118b מוֹצִיאֵי שבתוכ׳ those who dismiss the Sabbath at Sepphoris.

Jewish literature > יָצָא
7 quedar

v.

1 to be left, to remain.

¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?

nos quedan 100 pesos we have 100 pesos left

¿cuánto queda para León? how much farther is it to León?

quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race

quedar por hacer to remain to be done

queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned

Algo queda Something is left, something remains.

Queda un solo carro There is only one car.

Eso queda lejos This is far away.

2 to remain, to stay.

el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage

¡esto no puede o no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!

3 to look.

te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too short

quedar bien/mal a alguien to look good/bad on somebody

quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with something

4 to be (informal) (estar situado).

queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts

¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?

5 to keep on, to keep.

Ella quedó trabajando She kept on working.

6 to fit.

Esta camisa me queda (bien) This shirts fits (well).

Queda bien It fits well.

7 to be left with, to have left, to have.

Me quedó un dolar solamente I was left with one dollar only.

8 to get, to become.

Ella quedó alegre She got happy, she became happy.

El caso quedó muy claro The case became very clear.

9 to leave.

Se me quedó mi sombrero I left my hat.

10 to act, to perform, to come across, to do one's part.

Quedé muy bien en la reunión I acted [did my part] very well at the meeting.

11 to be still pending to.

Queda pintar It is still pending to paint.

12 to be left to be done.

13 to be for.

Me queda muy difícil It is very difficult for me.

14 to make an appointment.

* * *

quedar

► verbo intransitivo

1 (permanecer) to remain, stay

■ quedó quieto he remained still

■ la carta quedó abierta the letter was left open

2 figurado (terminar) to end

■ la discusión quedó aquí the discussion ended here

3 (cita) to arrange to meet

■ quedamos en el aeropuerto a las diez we arranged to meet at the airport at ten o'clock

4 (resultado de algo) to be

■ al morir sus padres quedó solo en la vida when his parents died he was left all alone in the world

■ quedó ciego por culpa del accidente he went blind as a result of the accident

■ te ha quedado muy bien la tarta your cake has turned out really well

5 (favorecer) to look, fit

■ el abrigo me queda grande the coat is too big for me

■ esta falda no me queda bien this skirt doesn't fit me

■ allí quedaría bien un cuadro a picture would look nice there

■ ¿qué tal me queda? does it suit me?, how does it look on me?

6 (estar situado) to be

■ ¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?

■ eso queda por detrás del cine that's somewhere behind the cinema

7 (restar) to be left, remain

■ quedan tres bombones there are three chocolates left

■ después del incendio sólo quedan las cenizas after the fire only ashes remain

8 (faltar) to be, be still

■ queda mucho que hacer there's a lot to be done

■ quedan cuatro kilómetros para llegar there are still four kilometres to go

9 quedar en (convenir) to agree to

■ quedamos en volver más tarde we agreed to come back later

■ quedamos en que la película no era buena we agreed that it wasn't a good film

10 quedar por + inf not to have been + past participle

■ la cama quedó por hacer the bed had not been made, the bed was left unmade

■ quedan esos platos por lavar there are still those dishes to be washed up

■ queda por ver si llegarán a algún acuerdo it remains to be seen whether they will come to some agreement

11 quedar + gerundio to be, remain

■ cuando me fui el niño quedaba durmiendo when I left the child was sleeping

► verbo pronominal quedarse

1 (permanecer) to remain, stay, be

■ se quedaron una semana they stayed for a week

■ Juan se ha quedado en casa Juan stayed at home

2 (resultado de algo) to be, remain

■ se quedó sin trabajo she lost her job

■ nos quedamos sin dinero we ran out of money

■ quedó entusiasmado he was delighted

3 eufemístico (morirse) to die

4 (mar, viento) to become calm; (viento) to drop

5 quedarse con (retener algo) to keep

■ quédese con el cambio keep the change

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ahí quedó la cosa that's the way it was left

¿en qué quedamos? so what's it to be?

no quedar títere con cabeza familiar to leave nothing intact

'Queda de usted atentamente...' (en cartas) "Yours faithfully..."

quedar a deber algo to owe something

quedar alguien bien/mal to make a good/bad impression

quedar como un señor/una señora familiar to create a very good impression

quedarse atrás figurado to be left behind

quedarse con alguien familiar to make a fool of somebody, have somebody on

quedarse con la boca abierta figurado to be dumbfounded, be stunned

quedarse con las ganas de algo figurado to go without something

quedarse en blanco to go blank

quedarse sin algo to run out of something

quedarse sin blanca familiar to be broke

quedarse tan tranquilo,-a familiar not to bat an eyelid

quedar en nada to come to nothing

* * *

verb

1) to remain

2) fit, suit

3) be left

4) suit

•

- quedar en
- quedarse
* * *
Para expresiones como quedarse tan ancho, quedarse con las ganas, quedársele grabado algn, quedarse helado, quedarse parado, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) [indicando lugar] to be

eso queda muy lejos — that's a long way away

queda un poco más al oeste — it is a little further west

queda a 6 km de aquí — it's 6 km from here

queda hacia la derecha — it's over to the right

¿por dónde queda Correos? — where's the post office?

queda por aquí — it's around here somewhere

esa cuestión queda fuera de nuestra responsabilidad — that matter lies outside our responsibility

2) [indicando posición]

quedó el penúltimo — he was second last

• quedar [atrás], no quieren quedar atrás en la carrera espacial — they don't want to be left behind {o} fall behind in the space race

la crisis ha quedado atrás — the crisis is behind us

3) [indicando resultado]

a) [con adjetivos, adverbios, locuciones preposicionales, participios]

el autocar quedó destrozado — the coach was wrecked

te ha quedado muy bonita la cocina — you've made a great job of the kitchen

quedó paralítico tras el accidente — the accident left him paralysed

la cara le ha quedado desfigurada — her face has been disfigured

al final quedamos como amigos — we were still friends afterwards

aún no han quedado definidos los criterios — the criteria still haven't been established

la junta ha quedado constituida — the board has been elected

• quedar [ciego] — to go blind

• quedar [huérfano] — to be orphaned

quedó huérfano de padre a los seis años — he lost his father when he was six years old

• quedar [viuda]/[viudo] — to be widowed, lose one's husband/wife

- ahí quedó la cosa

b)

• quedar [en] algo, ¿en qué quedó la conversación? — how did the conversation end?

todas sus promesas quedaron en nada — all her promises came to nothing

al final todo quedó en un susto — it gave us a scare but it turned out all right in the end

c)

• quedar [sin], miles de personas han quedado sin hogar — thousands of people have been left homeless

el proyecto quedó sin realizar — the project was never carried out

la reconstrucción del puente ha quedado sin hacer por falta de presupuesto — the rebuilding of the bridge has been abandoned because of a shortage of funds

4) [en el trato, al hablar]

ha quedado como un canalla — he has shown himself to be a rotter

• quedar [bien], regalando flores siempre queda uno bien — taking flowers always makes a good impression

solo lo ha hecho por quedar bien — he only did it to make himself look good

quedar bien con algn — to make a good impression on sb

• quedar [mal], nos hiciste quedar mal haciendo esas preguntas — you made us look bad by asking those questions

no quiero quedar mal con ellos — I don't want to get on the wrong side of them

por no quedar mal — so as not to cause any offence

• quedar [por] algo — to be left looking like sth

quedé por idiota — I was left looking like an idiot

aunque fue idea de todos, yo quedé por el culpable — although everyone was to blame, it ended up looking as if it was my fault

• quedar en [ridículo], ha quedado en ridículo — he ended up looking a fool

quería que su marido quedara en ridículo — she wanted to make her husband look a fool, she wanted to show her husband up

5) (=permanecer) to stay

quedaron allí una semana — they stayed there a week

quedo a la espera de sus noticias — [en carta] I look forward to hearing from you

6) (=haber todavía) to be left

no queda ninguno — there are none left

¿queda algo de la cena? — is there any dinner left?

no quedan más que escombros — there is nothing left but rubble

no quedaba nadie en el autobús — there was nobody left on the bus

de la ciudad solo queda el castillo — all that remains {o} is left of the city is the castle

no quedó ni un solo edificio en pie — not a single building was left standing

se me cayó un poco de vino, pero no ha quedado ninguna mancha — I spilt some wine, but it didn't leave a stain

si a 8 le quito 2, quedan 6 — if I take 2 from 8, I'm left with {o} it leaves 6

• quedarle [a algn], ¿le quedan entradas para esta noche? — do you have any tickets left for tonight?

me quedan cinco euros — I've got five euros left

no nos queda mucho dinero — we don't have much money left

• quedar [a deber] algo — to owe sth

no tenía suficiente y tuve que quedarle a deber — I didn't have enough money on me, so I had to owe him

me quedó a deber 25 euros — he was left owing me 25 euros

• quedan pocos días [para] la fiesta — the party is only a few days away

nos quedan 12 km para llegar a Badalona — we've still got 12 km to go to Badalona

• quedar [por] hacer, nos queda por pagar la luz — we still have to pay the electricity bill

queda por limpiar la cocina — the kitchen still needs cleaning

eso queda todavía por estudiar — that remains to be studied

• no me queda más [remedio] — I have no alternative (left)

que no quede —

por mí que no quede, yo he ayudado en lo que he podido — it won't be for want of trying on my part, I helped as much as I could

por probar que no quede — there's no harm in trying

tú por ser amable que no quede — nobody could accuse you of not being nice

7) (Educ) [asignatura]

me han quedado las matemáticas — I failed mathematics

8) [ropa] (=ser la talla) to fit; (=sentar) to suit

¿qué tal (de grande) te queda el vestido? — does the dress fit you?

me queda pequeño — it's too small for me

no te queda bien ese vestido — that dress doesn't suit you

te queda bien — it suits you

no queda bien así/aquí — it doesn't look right like that/here

9)

• quedar [en] (=acordar) —

¿quedamos en eso, entonces? — we'll do that, then, all right?

quedar en {o} LAm de hacer algo — to agree to do sth

quedaron en esperar unos días antes de tomar una decisión definitiva — they agreed to wait a few days before taking a final decision

quedamos en vernos mañana — we arranged to meet tomorrow

• quedar en [que] — to agree that

quedamos en que cada uno traería una botella — we agreed that everyone would bring a bottle

¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo compras o no? — so what's it to be then? are you going to buy it or not?

10) (=citarse) to arrange to meet

hemos quedado en la puerta del cine — we've arranged to meet outside the cinema

habíamos quedado, pero no se presentó — we had arranged to meet, but he didn't turn up

¿quedamos a las cuatro? — shall we meet at four?

¿cómo quedamos? — where shall we meet and what time?

• quedar [con] algn — to arrange to meet sb

¿quedamos con ella en la parada? — shall we meet her at the bus stop?

2.

See:

quedarse

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1) (en un estado, una situación)

quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed

quedar huérfano — to be orphaned

quedó paralítico — he was left paralyzed

quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute

el coche quedó como nuevo — the car is as good as new (now)

ha quedado precioso pintado de blanco — it looks beautiful painted white

todo quedó solucionado — everything was sorted out

ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...

y que esto quede bien claro — and I want to make this quite clear

¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?

¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)

me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...

el postre le quedó riquísimo — that dessert (he made) was delicious

2) ( en la opinión de los demás)

para no quedar mal — so as not to lose face

si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go

si no voy quedaré mal con ellos — it won't go down very well if I don't turn up

lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe — I did it to get in the boss's good books

quedé muy bien con el regalo — I made a very good impression with my present

me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso — you really showed me up saying that

nos hizo quedar mal a todos — he embarrassed us all

quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

quedé como una ignorante — I made a fool of myself

3) ( permanecer)

¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?

le quedó la cicatriz — she was left with a scar

quedó sin solución — it remained unsolved

esto no puede quedar así — we can't leave things like this

quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)

quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)

quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past

4) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) tamaño/talla

me queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me

la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

b) ( sentar)

el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you

Sentido II

5)

a) (acordar, convenir)

quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine

b) ( citarse)

¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?

quedé con unos amigos para cenar — I arranged to meet some friends for dinner

Sentido III

6) ( estar situado) to be

queda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)

me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)

Sentido IV

7) (en 3^a pers)

a) ( haber todavía)

¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?

no quedan entradas — there are no tickets left

sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?

¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?

no nos queda más remedio que ir — we have no choice but to go

ya no me quedan fuerzas — I've no more strength left

b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)

8) ( faltar)

queda poco para que acabe la clase — it's not long till the end of the class

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)

todavía le quedan dos años — he still has two years to go o do

me queda poco para terminar — I've almost finished

quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you
2.
1) quedarse v pron

Sentido I

2)

a) ( en un lugar) to stay

quedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed

se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel

b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)

te estás quedando calvo — you're going bald

quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it

quedarse dormido — to fall asleep

¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?

me quedé sin postre — I didn't get any dessert

quedarse sin trabajo — to lose one's job

quedarse soltera — to stay single

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa — I don't like being alone in the house

no te quedes ahí parado — don't just stand there!

nos quedamos charlando toda la noche — we spent the whole night chatting

se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me

3) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) (fam) ( memorizar)

no se me quedan los nombres — I don't retain names

no se me queda nada — I don't retain a thing

b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)

se me quedó el paraguas — I left my umbrella behind

c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)

la casa se les está quedando pequeña — the house is getting (to be) too small for them

Sentido II

4)

quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)

* * *

= remain.

Ex. Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.

----

* aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.

* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.

* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).

* hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.

* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.

* mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.

* mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.

* mientras queden = while stocks last.

* Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.

* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.

* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.

* quedar atrapado = get + caught.

* quedar constatado = go on + record.

* quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.

* quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.

* quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.

* quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.

* quedar exempto de = discharge from.

* quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.

* quedar igual = remain + the same.

* quedar impactado = be impressed.

* quedar impresionado = be impressed.

* quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.

* quedar inpune = go + unpunished.

* quedar libre = become + vacant.

* quedar mal = lose + face.

* quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).

* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.

* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.

* quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.

* quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).

* quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.

* quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* quedar registrado = go on + record.

* quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.

* quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.

* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.

* quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse al margen = stand by.

* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.

* quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse anticuado = date.

* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.

* quedarse atascado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.

* quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.

* quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse con = pocket, cream off.

* quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.

* quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.

* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.

* quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.

* quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse en = stick at.

* quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.

* quedarse encallado = be stranded.

* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.

* quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.

* quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.

* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.

* quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.

* quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.

* quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.

* quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.

* quedarse estancado = stagnate.

* quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedar segundo = come off + second-best.

* quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse huérfano = orphan.

* quedarse igual = be none the wiser.

* quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.

* quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.

* quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.

* quedarse levantado = stay up.

* quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.

* quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse pasmado = stun.

* quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.

* quedarse pequeño = overflow.

* quedarse prendado = smite.

* quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.

* quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.

* quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.

* quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.

* quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.

* quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.

* quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.

* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.

* quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tirado = be stranded.

* quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.

* quedarse viudo = widow.

* quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.

* quedar un poco = be some way off.

* quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar vacante = become + vacant.

* quedar vacío = empty.

* que no queda bien = ill-fitting.

* que queda = surviving.

* que queda mal = ill-fitting.

* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.

* según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.

* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.

* si queda tiempo = time permitting.

* todo queda en casa = all in the family.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1) (en un estado, una situación)

quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed

quedar huérfano — to be orphaned

quedó paralítico — he was left paralyzed

quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute

el coche quedó como nuevo — the car is as good as new (now)

ha quedado precioso pintado de blanco — it looks beautiful painted white

todo quedó solucionado — everything was sorted out

ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...

y que esto quede bien claro — and I want to make this quite clear

¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?

¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)

me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...

el postre le quedó riquísimo — that dessert (he made) was delicious

2) ( en la opinión de los demás)

para no quedar mal — so as not to lose face

si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go

si no voy quedaré mal con ellos — it won't go down very well if I don't turn up

lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe — I did it to get in the boss's good books

quedé muy bien con el regalo — I made a very good impression with my present

me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso — you really showed me up saying that

nos hizo quedar mal a todos — he embarrassed us all

quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

quedé como una ignorante — I made a fool of myself

3) ( permanecer)

¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?

le quedó la cicatriz — she was left with a scar

quedó sin solución — it remained unsolved

esto no puede quedar así — we can't leave things like this

quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)

quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)

quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past

4) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) tamaño/talla

me queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me

la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

b) ( sentar)

el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you

Sentido II

5)

a) (acordar, convenir)

quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine

b) ( citarse)

¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?

quedé con unos amigos para cenar — I arranged to meet some friends for dinner

Sentido III

6) ( estar situado) to be

queda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)

me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)

Sentido IV

7) (en 3^a pers)

a) ( haber todavía)

¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?

no quedan entradas — there are no tickets left

sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?

¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?

no nos queda más remedio que ir — we have no choice but to go

ya no me quedan fuerzas — I've no more strength left

b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)

8) ( faltar)

queda poco para que acabe la clase — it's not long till the end of the class

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)

todavía le quedan dos años — he still has two years to go o do

me queda poco para terminar — I've almost finished

quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you
2.
1) quedarse v pron

Sentido I

2)

a) ( en un lugar) to stay

quedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed

se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel

b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)

te estás quedando calvo — you're going bald

quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it

quedarse dormido — to fall asleep

¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?

me quedé sin postre — I didn't get any dessert

quedarse sin trabajo — to lose one's job

quedarse soltera — to stay single

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa — I don't like being alone in the house

no te quedes ahí parado — don't just stand there!

nos quedamos charlando toda la noche — we spent the whole night chatting

se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me

3) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) (fam) ( memorizar)

no se me quedan los nombres — I don't retain names

no se me queda nada — I don't retain a thing

b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)

se me quedó el paraguas — I left my umbrella behind

c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)

la casa se les está quedando pequeña — the house is getting (to be) too small for them

Sentido II

4)

quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)

* * *

= remain.

Ex: Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.

* aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.

* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.

* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).

* hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.

* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.

* mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.

* mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.

* mientras queden = while stocks last.

* Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.

* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.

* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.

* quedar atrapado = get + caught.

* quedar constatado = go on + record.

* quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.

* quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.

* quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.

* quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.

* quedar exempto de = discharge from.

* quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.

* quedar igual = remain + the same.

* quedar impactado = be impressed.

* quedar impresionado = be impressed.

* quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.

* quedar inpune = go + unpunished.

* quedar libre = become + vacant.

* quedar mal = lose + face.

* quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).

* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.

* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.

* quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.

* quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).

* quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.

* quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* quedar registrado = go on + record.

* quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.

* quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.

* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.

* quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse al margen = stand by.

* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.

* quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse anticuado = date.

* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.

* quedarse atascado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.

* quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.

* quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse con = pocket, cream off.

* quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.

* quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.

* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.

* quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.

* quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse en = stick at.

* quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.

* quedarse encallado = be stranded.

* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.

* quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.

* quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.

* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.

* quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.

* quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.

* quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.

* quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.

* quedarse estancado = stagnate.

* quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedar segundo = come off + second-best.

* quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse huérfano = orphan.

* quedarse igual = be none the wiser.

* quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.

* quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.

* quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.

* quedarse levantado = stay up.

* quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.

* quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse pasmado = stun.

* quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.

* quedarse pequeño = overflow.

* quedarse prendado = smite.

* quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.

* quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.

* quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.

* quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.

* quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.

* quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.

* quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.

* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.

* quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tirado = be stranded.

* quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.

* quedarse viudo = widow.

* quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.

* quedar un poco = be some way off.

* quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar vacante = become + vacant.

* quedar vacío = empty.

* que no queda bien = ill-fitting.

* que queda = surviving.

* que queda mal = ill-fitting.

* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.

* según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.

* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.

* si queda tiempo = time permitting.

* todo queda en casa = all in the family.

* * *

quedar [A1 ]

vi

Sentido I

A

(en un estado, una situación): quedó viuda muy joven she was widowed o she lost her husband when she was very young

quedó huérfano a los siete años he was orphaned when he was seven years old

tuvo un ataque y quedó paralítico he had a stroke and was left paralyzed

cientos de familias quedaron sin hogar/en la miseria hundreds of families were left homeless/destitute

las calles quedaron desiertas the streets were left deserted

el sombrero quedó hecho un acordeón the hat was o got squashed flat

el coche ha quedado como nuevo the car is as good as new (now)

algunas fotos quedaron mal some of the photos came out badly

ha quedado precioso pintado de blanco it looks beautiful painted white

ha quedado acordado que … it has been agreed that …

y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear

¿cómo quedó la cosa? ¿quién tenía razón? what happened in the end? who was right?

¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? where did we get (up) to in the last class?

¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? who was o who came first/last?

(+ me/te/le etc): no me había quedado claro y se lo pregunté otra vez I hadn't quite understood o I hadn't got things quite clear, so I asked him again

el postre te quedó riquísimo that dessert (you made) was delicious

¿quién la queda? (Ur) (en juegos) who's `it'? ( colloq)

B

(en la opinión de los demás): si no vamos, quedamos mal it'll look bad if we don't go

quedarás muy bien con ese regalo it's a lovely present, they'll be delighted

me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that

se emborrachó y nos hizo quedar mal a todos he got drunk and embarrassed us all

quedó en ridículo (por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; (por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

quedar mal/bien con algn: si no voy quedaré mal con ellos they won't think much of me o it won't go down very well if I don't turn up

no se puede quedar bien con todo el mundo you can't please everybody

los invitó a todos para no quedar mal con nadie he invited them all so as not to offend anyone o to cause any offense*

C

(permanecer): quedaron en casa they stayed at home

¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?

le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar

lo lavé pero le quedó la mancha I washed it but the stain didn't come out

esto no puede quedar así we can't leave/I'm not going to leave things like this

quedamos a la espera de su notificación ( frml); we await your notification ( frml)

quedo a sus gratas órdenes ( frml) ( Corresp) Sincerely yours ( AmE), Yours faithfully o ( frml) I remain, yours faithfully ( BrE)

le quedo a deber 5 euros I owe you 5 euros

quedar EN algo:

todo ha quedado en un mero proyecto none of it has got beyond the planning stage

todos nuestros planes quedaron en nada all our plans came to nothing

quedar atrás: pronto quedó atrás he soon fell behind

hemos tenido nuestras diferencias pero todo eso ha quedado atrás we've had our differences but all that's behind us now o that's all water under the bridge now

D (+ me/te/le etc)

1

«tamaño/talla»: me queda grande/largo/apretado it's too big/long/tight for me

la talla 12 le queda bien or (Col, Méx) le queda the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

2

(sentar): el azul te queda muy bien blue really suits you, you look really good in blue

ese peinado le quedaba muy bien that hairstyle really suited her, her hair looked really good like that

ese vestido te queda estupendo that dress looks fantastic on you, you look great in that dress

Sentido II

A (acordar, convenir) quedar EN algo:

quedamos en eso, vienes tú a mi casa let's do that, then, you come to my house, so that's agreed, you're coming to my house

¿al final en qué quedaron? what did you decide/arrange/agree in the end?

¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo quieres o no? well o so, do you want it or not?

¿entonces en qué quedamos? ¿nos vemos mañana o no? so, what's happening, then? are we meeting tomorrow or not?

quedar EN + INFor ( AmL) quedar DE + INF:

quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything

quedó en venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine, she arranged to come at nine

quedar EN QUE:

quedamos en que iría él a recogerlo we agreed o arranged that he would go and pick it up

B

(citarse): me tengo que ir porque he quedado con Rafael I have to go because I've arranged to meet Rafael

¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? what time/where shall we meet?

quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner, I arranged to go out for dinner with some friends

Sentido III (estar situado) to be

queda justo enfrente de la estación it's right opposite the station

(+ me/te/le etc): puedo ir yo, me queda muy cerca I can go, it's very near where I live ( o work etc)

Sentido IV ( en tercera persona)

A

1

(haber todavía): no queda café there's no coffee left

no quedan entradas there are no tickets left

sólo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain

(+ me/te/le etc): es el único pariente que me queda he is the only relative I have left, he is my only living relative

¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?

¿te ha quedado alguna duda? is there anything you still don't understand?

me han quedado dos asignaturas (pendientes) I have to make up two subjects o take two subjects over ( AmE), I have to retake two subjects ( BrE)

no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no alternative o no choice but to go, we'll just have to go

ya no me quedan fuerzas para seguir I no longer have the strength to go on, I don't have the strength to go on any more

me queda la satisfacción de haber cumplido con mi deber I have the satisfaction of having done my duty

2 (sobrar) to be left, be left over

me comí la ensalada que había quedado del almuerzo I ate up the salad that was left (over) from lunch

el vino que quede se puede guardar para la próxima fiesta we can keep any wine that's left (over) for the next party

B

1

(faltar): quedan cinco minutos para que acabe la clase there are five minutes to go to o five minutes left to the end of the class

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?, how far is it now?

(+ me/te/le etc): todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do

¡ánimo! ¡ya te queda poco para terminar! come on! you've almost finished!

2 quedar POR + INF:

quedan tres pacientes por ver there are three more patients to be seen

aún queda gente por pagar some people haven't paid yet, some people still haven't paid

(+ me/te/le etc): aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do

no me/le queda otra ( AmL fam); I have/he has no choice

por … que no quede ( Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try

hazlo, por mí que no quede go ahead, don't let me stop you

■ quedarse

v pron

Sentido I

A

1 (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):

te estás quedando calvo you're going bald

se quedó huérfana/sorda a los seis años she was orphaned/she went deaf when she was six years old

cuando se fue me quedé muy sola when he left I felt very lonely

me quedé helado cuando me lo dijo I was staggered when she told me

quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto don't (you) worry about it, I'll take care of it

me quedé dormido en el sofá I fell asleep on the sofa

embarazada¹ (↑ embarazada (1))

2

quedarse con/sin algo: ¿te has quedado con hambre? are you still hungry?

me quedé sin postre I didn't get any dessert

se ha quedado sin trabajo she's out of work, she's lost her job

me quedé sin saber qué había pasado I never did find out what had happened

3

( Esp) (llegar a ser) (+ me/te/le etc): el vestido se te ha quedado corto the dress is too short on you now

la casa se les está quedando pequeña the house is getting (to be) too small for them

4 (olvidarse) (+ me/te/le etc):

se me quedó el paraguas I left my umbrella behind

B

1

(permanecer): pienso quedarme soltera I intend to stay single

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being (left) on my own o being alone in the house

no te quedes ahí parado y haz algo don't just stand there, do something!

nos quedamos charlando toda la noche we spent the whole night chatting

se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

la escena se me ha quedado grabada en la memoria the scene has remained engraved o is engraved on my memory

iba para pintor pero se quedó en profesor de dibujo he set out to be a painter but he ended up as an art teacher

se quedó en la mesa de operaciones ( euf); he died on the operating table

de repente el motor se quedó ( AmL); the engine suddenly died on me

2 (en un lugar) to stay

quédate aquí stay here

me quedé a dormir en su casa I spent o stayed the night at his house

nos quedamos en un hotel/en casa de unos amigos we stayed at a hotel/with some friends

se tuvo que quedar en el hospital una semana más she had to stay o remain in (the) hospital for another week

se quedó en casa/en la cama todo el día she stayed at home/in bed all day

Sentido II

A ‹cambio/lápiz› to keep

quédatelo, yo tengo otro keep it, I have another one

quedarse CON algo:

quédate con la foto si quieres you can keep the photo o ( colloq) hang on to the photo if you want

se quedó con mi libro she kept my book, she didn't give my book back

entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál de los dos me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife

si me lo rebaja me quedo con él if you knock something off the price, I'll take it ( colloq)

quedarse con algn ( Esp fam) (burlarse de él) to have sb on ( colloq) (engañarlo) to take sb for a ride ( colloq)

B

( Chi) «pierna/brazo» (+ me/te/le etc): quiso levantarse pero se le quedó la pierna he tried to get up but he couldn't move his leg

se le queda la pierna al caminar he drags one leg when he walks

* * *

quedar ( conjugate quedar) verbo intransitivo
1 (en un estado, una situación):
◊ quedar viudo/huérfano to be widowed/orphaned;

quedó paralítico he was left paralyzed;
el coche quedó como nuevo the car is as good as new (now);
y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear;
¿quién quedó en primer lugar? who was o came first?
2 ( en la opinión de los demás):
◊ si no voy quedaré mal con ellos it won't go down very well o it'll look bad if I don't turn up;

lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe I did it to get in the boss's good books;
quedé muy bien con el regalo I made a very good impression with my present;
me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that;
nos hizo quedar mal a todos he embarrassed us all;
quedó en ridículo ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself;

( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
3 ( permanecer):
◊ ¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?;

le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar;
esto no puede quedar así we can't leave things like this;
nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing;
quedar atrás [ persona] to fall behind;

[rencillas/problemas] to be in the past
4 (+ me/te/le etc)
a) [tamaño/talla]:

◊ me queda largo it's too long for me;

la talla 12 le queda bien the size 12 fits (you/him) fine
b) ( sentar):

◊ el azul le queda bien/mal blue suits her/doesn't suit her

a) (acordar, convenir):

◊ ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?;

¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?;
quedaron en or (AmL) de no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything;
quedó en or (AmL) de venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine
b) ( citarse):

◊ ¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?;

quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner
( estar situado) to be;
◊ queda justo entrente de la estación it's right opposite the station;

me queda muy lejos it's very far from where I live (o work etc)
(en 3a pers)
1
a) ( haber todavía) to be left;

◊ ¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?;

¿queda café? is there any coffee left?;
solo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain;
no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no choice but to go
b) ( sobrar) [comida/vino] to be left (over)

2 ( faltar):
◊ queda poco para que acabe la clase it's not long till the end of the class;

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?;
todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do;
queda mucho por ver there is still a lot to see;
aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do;
no me/le queda otra (fam) I have/he has no choice
quedarse verbo pronominal
1
a) (en un lugar, país) to stay;

◊ quedarse en la cama to stay in bed

b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):

◊ te estás quedando calvo you're going bald;

quedarse dormido to fall asleep;
quedarse sin trabajo to lose one's job
2 (+ me/te/le etc)
a) ( permanecer):

◊ quedarse soltera to stay single;

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being alone in the house;
no te quedes ahí parado don't just stand there!;
nos quedamos charlando hasta tarde we went on chatting until late in the evening;
se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me;
de repente el motor se quedó (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me
b) (Andes) ( olvidarse):

◊ se me quedó el paraguas I left my umbrella behind

c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser):

◊ la casa se les está quedando pequeña the house is getting (to be) too small for them

‹cambio/lápiz› to keep;
◊ se quedó con mi libro she kept my book;

me quedo con este I'll take this one
quedar verbo intransitivo
1 (en un estado) quedar bien, (una persona) to make a good impression
(un objeto) to look nice
quedar en ridículo, to make a fool of oneself
2 (en un lugar) to be: mi casa no queda lejos, my house is not far from here
3 (sobrar) to be left: ¿queda más té?, is there any tea left?
4 (faltar) (tiempo) to go: quedan dos días para las vacaciones, there are two days to go till the holidays
5 (convenir) to agree: quedamos en ir al cine, we agreed to go to the cinema
6 (citarse) to meet: quedaré con mi hermana, I'll arrange to meet my sister
7 (una ropa, un peinado, etc) to suit: te queda grande, it's too big for you
' quedar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
betún
- cumplir
- descolgarse
- embarazarse
- enmudecer
- estar
- lucirse
- restar
- sobrar
- sopa
- venir
- aire
- aislado
- anillo
- bailar
- calle
- constar
- descubierto
- desmano
- enganchar
- faltar
- lejísimos
- manifiesto
- mano
- rezagado
- tabla
English:
air
- appal
- appall
- arrange
- date
- egg
- fit
- flu
- gasp
- go
- leave
- lie
- long
- meet
- one-upmanship
- remain
- rest
- side
- smoke
- stand
- stand about
- stand around
- agree
- alternatively
- catch
- come
- get
- keep
- narrow
- out
- over
- place
- remand
- runner
- scar
- scot-free
- show
- strand
- unpunished
- water
- widow

* * *

quedar

♦ vi

1. [permanecer] to remain, to stay;

nuestros problemas quedaron sin resolver our problems remained unsolved;

los tipos de interés han quedado al mismo nivel interest rates have stayed o remained at the same level;

no le quedaron secuelas del accidente he suffered no after-effects from the accident;
Andes, RP
en el apuro, quedaron los abrigos the coats got left behind o forgotten in the rush;

quedo a su entera disposición para cualquier consulta [en cartas] I am available to answer any enquiries you may have;

todo quedó en un buen susto she suffered nothing worse than a shock;

el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage;

¡esto no puede o [m5] no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!;

todos nuestros problemas han quedado atrás all our problems are behind us now

2. [haber aún] to be left, to remain;

¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?;

no queda azúcar there isn't any sugar left;

no nos queda leche we're out of milk;

queda gente dentro haciendo el examen there are still some people left inside doing the exam;

queda poco del casco antiguo de la ciudad little remains of the old part of the city;

nos quedan 50 pesos we have 50 pesos left;

lo que quede dáselo al perro give whatever's left over to the dog;

no me quedan ganas de seguir hablando I don't feel like talking any more;

me queda la esperanza de volver algún día I can only hope that one day I will return;

Comp
Am
no queda otra there's nothing else for it;

voy a tener que vender el auto para pagar las cuentas, no queda otra I'm going to have to sell the car to pay the bills, there's nothing else for it

3. [faltar]
¿cuánto queda para Buenos Aires? how much further is it to Buenos Aires?;

quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race;

queda poco/un mes para las vacaciones there's not long to go/there's a month to go until the holidays, it's not long/it's a month until the holidays;

queda mucho para mi cumpleaños my birthday's a long way off;

me quedan dos días para terminar el trabajo I have two days (left) to finish the work;

sólo me queda despedirme hasta la próxima semana all that remains is for me to say goodbye until next week;

quedar por hacer to remain to be done;

queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned;

nos quedan bastantes sitios por visitar we still have quite a lot of places to visit

4. [mostrarse, dar cierta imagen]
quedar bien/mal (con alguien) to make a good/bad impression (on sb);

le gusta quedar bien con todo el mundo he likes to keep everyone happy;

quedaste estupendamente trayendo flores you made a very good impression by bringing flowers;

voy a quedar fatal si no voy it'll look really bad if I don't go;

no me hagas quedar mal don't show me up;

quedaste como un mentiroso you ended up looking like o you came across like a liar;

quedó como un idiota he ended up o he was left looking stupid

5. [resultar]
el trabajo ha quedado perfecto the job turned out perfectly;

el cuadro queda muy bien ahí the picture looks great there;

el salón os ha quedado muy bonito the living-room has turned out lovely, you've made a great job of the living-room;

quedar claro to be clear;

no quiero que llegues después de las once, ¿queda claro? I don't want you back later than eleven, is that clear?;

quedar en [llegar, acabar] to end in;

quedar en quinto lugar, quedar el quinto to come fifth;

quedar en nada to come to nothing;
RP Fam
quedamos en veremos we left it open

6. [sentar]
te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too short;

esta falda me queda un poco justa this skirt is a bit tight;

¡qué bien te queda ese traje! that dress really suits you!, you look great in that dress!;

esa camisa te queda mal that shirt doesn't suit you;

¿te quedan bien los zapatos? do the shoes fit you?;

quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with sth;
Méx
este pantalón no me queda these Br trousers o US pants don't suit me;
Méx
esas cortinas le quedan mal al salón those curtains don't go well in the living-room

7. [citarse]
quedar (con alguien) to arrange to meet (sb);

¿cuándo/dónde quedamos? when/where shall we meet?;

hemos quedado el lunes we've arranged to meet on Monday;

he quedado con Juan para jugar al tenis I've arranged to play tennis with Juan

8. [acordar]
quedar en algo to agree on sth;

quedar en o Am [m5] de hacer algo to agree to do sth;

¿en qué has quedado? what have you decided to do?;

quedar en que… to agree that…;

quedé con ellos en que iría I told them I'd go;

¿en qué quedamos? what's it to be, then?

9. [estar situado] to be;

queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts;

¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?

10. [asignatura]
me queda el inglés de primero I still haven't passed first-year English;

¿cuántas te han quedado? how many subjects from last year do you have to resit this year?

♦ vt
RP Fam
quedarla: no apuestes todo a una sola posibilidad porque si no sale, la quedás don't put all your eggs in one basket because if it doesn't work out, you've had it;

¿quién la queda? [en juego] who's counting?

♦ v impersonal

por mí que no quede don't let me be the one to stop you;

que no quede por falta de dinero we don't want it to fall through for lack of money;

por probar que no quede we should at least try it

♦ See also the pronominal verb quedarse

* * *

quedar

v/i

1 ( permanecer) stay;

esto queda entre nosotros this is just between us;

quedar cerca be nearby

2 en un estado be;

quedó sin resolver it remained unresolved, it wasn’t sorted out;

¿cómo quedó? how did it end up?;

queda por hacer it still has o needs to be done

3 ( sentar)

:

te queda bien/mal de estilo it suits you/doesn’t suit you; de talla it fits you/doesn’t fit you

4 ( sobrar) be left;

¿queda mucho tiempo? is there much time left?;

no queda nada de tiempo time’s almost up; distancia it’s not far now

5 ( encontrarse)

:

quedar con alguien fam arrange to meet (with) s.o.;

¿dónde habíamos quedado? where had we arranged to meet?

6 ( acordar)

:

quedar en algo agree to sth;

¿en qué quedamos? what did we agree?

7

:

por mí que no quede it’s fine by me

* * *

quedar vi

1) permanecer: to remain, to stay

2) : to be

quedamos contentos con las mejoras: we were pleased with the improvements

3) : to be situated

queda muy lejos: it's very far, it's too far away

4) : to be left

quedan sólo dos alternativas: there are only two options left

5) : to fit, to suit

estos zapatos no me quedan: these shoes don't fit

6)

quedar bien (mal) : to turn out well (badly)

7)

quedar en : to agree, to arrange

¿en qué quedamos?: what's the arrangement, then?

♦ See also the reflexive verb quedarse

* * *

quedar vb

1. (haber) to be left

queda un poco de jamón there's a bit of ham left

¿quedan cebollas? are there any onions left?

2. (permanecer) to remain

aún quedan las murallas romanas the Roman walls still remain

3. (tener) to have left

me quedan mil pesetas I've got a thousand pesetas left

4. (faltar) to have to do

aún me quedan los deberes de inglés I've still got to do my English homework

5. (distancia, tiempo)

quedan todavía 10 kilómetros there are still 10 kilometres to go

queda un mes para las vacaciones it's one month till the holidays

6. (resultar) to be

el partido quedó en empate the match was a draw

las flores quedaron destrozadas the flowers were ruined

7. (estar) to be

quedó tranquila al saber la noticia she was relieved to hear the news

me quedé parada I was shocked

¿dónde queda la estación? where's the station?

ese pantalón te queda pequeño those trousers are too small for you

8. (citarse) to meet [pt. & pp. met]

¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?

he quedado con Ana I've arranged to meet Ana

9. (ponerse de acuerdo) to agree

habíamos quedado en que me vendrías a buscar we agreed that you'd come and meet me

10. (sentar bien ropa) to suit

ese sombrero te queda bien that hat suits you

quedar bien to make a good impression

quedó muy bien en la entrevista he made a good impression in the interview

quedar mal to make a bad impression

Spanish-English dictionary > quedar
8 Cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum
9 cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > cum
10 Cum2

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum2
11 dar

v.

1 to give.

dar algo a alguien to give something to somebody, to give somebody something

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother

Ella me da dinero She gives me money.

Su elogio da ánimos His praise gives encouragement.

El negocio da muchas ganancias The business yields much profit.

2 to give, to produce.

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice

3 to have, to hold (fiesta, cena).

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in someone's honor

4 to turn or switch on (luz, agua, gas) (encender).

5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).

dan una película del oeste they're showing a western, there's a western on

6 to show.

dar muestras de sensatez to show good sense

7 to teach.

dar inglés/historia to teach English/history

8 to deal (repartir) (en naipes).

9 to strike (horas).

dieron las tres en el reloj three o'clock struck

10 to get, to catch.

11 to deliver, to render, to allot, to confer.

12 to feel.

Me da alegría I feel joy.

13 to be given, to be granted, to be offered, to be handed in.

Se nos dio una buena casa We were given a good house.

14 to give forth, to burst out.

Ella dio un grito She gave forth a cry.

15 to make one feel.

Eso da asco That makes one feel revolt.

16 to hit.

Da duro el sol en este lugar The sun hits hard in this place

17 to give up.

* * *

DAR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

doy, das, da, damos, dais, dan.

Past Indicative

di, diste, dio, dimos, disteis, dieron.

Present Subjunctive

dé, des, dé, demos, deis, den.

Imperfect Subjunctive

diera, dieras, diera, diéramos, dierais, dieran;

diese, dieses, diese, diésemos, dieseis, diesen.

Future Subjunctive

diere, dieres, diere, diéremos, diereis, dieren.

Imperative

da (tú), dé (él/Vd.), demos (nos.), dad (vos.), den (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to give

2) hit, strike

3) hand over, deliver

4) produce, yield

5) be enough

•

- dar a
- dar con
- dar contra
- dar por
- darse a
- darse de sí
- dárselas de
* * *
Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar, conceder) [+ objeto, mensaje, permiso] to give; [+ naipes] to deal (out); [+ noticias] to give, tell

le dio un bocadillo a su hijo — he gave his son a sandwich

se lo di a Blanca — I gave it to Blanca

me dieron un diploma por mi buen comportamiento — I was given a diploma for good conduct

le dieron el primer premio — he was awarded {o} given first prize

déme dos kilos — I'll have two kilos, two kilos, please

• ir dando [cuerda] — to pay out rope

• dar los buenos [días] a algn — to say good morning to sb, say hello to sb

2) (=realizar) [+ paliza] to give; [+ paso] to take

dar un alarido — to shriek

dar una bofetada a algn — to slap sb

dar un golpe a algn — to hit sb

dio un golpe en la mesa — he banged on the table

dar un grito — to let out a cry, give a cry

dar un paseo — to go for a walk, take a walk

dar un suspiro — to heave {o} give a sigh, sigh

3) (=celebrar) [+ fiesta] to have, throw

la embajada dará una recepción — the embassy will hold a reception

4) (=encender) [+ luz] to turn on

¿has dado el gas? — have you turned on the gas?

5) (=presentar) [+ obra de teatro] to perform, put on; [+ película] to show, screen

dan una película de Almodóvar — there's an Almodóvar film on, they're showing {o} screening an Almodóvar film

¿qué dan hoy en la tele? — what's on TV tonight?

6) (=hacer sonar) [reloj] to strike

el reloj dio las tres — the clock struck three

ya han dado las ocho — it's past {o} gone eight o'clock

7) (=producir) [+ fruto] to bear; [+ ganancias, intereses] to yield

dar flores — to flower

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

una inversión que da un 7% de interés — an investment that pays {o} yields 7% interest

8) (=tener como resultado)

el cálculo dio 99 — the sum worked out at 99

el atleta dio positivo en el control antidoping — the athlete tested positive for drugs

9) (=hacer sentir) [+ placer] to give

me dio mucha alegría verla — I was very pleased to see her

las babosas me dan asco — I find slugs disgusting {o} revolting

este jersey me da demasiado calor — this jumper is too hot, I'm too hot in this jumper

da gusto hablar con él — he's really nice to talk to

tu padre me da miedo — I'm scared {o} frightened of your father

me da pena tener que tirarlo — it's a pity to have to throw it away

el vino me da sueño — wine makes me sleepy

10) * (=fastidiar) to ruin

vinieron a visitarme y me dieron la tarde — they came to visit and ruined my afternoon

¡me estás dando las vacaciones! — you're ruining the holiday for me!

11) dar por (=considerar) to consider

doy el asunto por concluido — I consider the matter settled, I regard the matter as settled

le dieron por desaparecido — they gave him up for lost

doy el dinero por bien empleado — I consider it money well spent

lo daba por seguro — he was sure {o} certain of it

lo podemos dar por terminado — we can consider it finished

12)

- ¡y dale!

- estar/seguir dale que dale o dale que te pego o dale y dale

la vecina está dale que dale al piano — our neighbour is pounding away at the piano

estoy dale que dale a este problema — I've been bashing away at this problem *

- a mí no me la das

- ¡ahí te las den todas!

- por si vienen mal dadas

para dar y tomar —

tenemos botellas para dar y tomar — we've got loads {o} stacks of bottles

aquí hay basura para dar y tomar — there's tons of rubbish here

- me da que...

me da que no va a venir — I have a feeling (that) he's not going to come

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar) to give

dame, yo te lo arreglo — give it here, I'll fix it for you

- a quien dan no escoge

2) (=entrar)

me dieron ganas de vomitar — I felt like being sick

si te da un mareo siéntate — if you feel giddy, sit down

le dio un fuerte dolor en el costado — he felt a sudden sharp pain in his side

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

3) (=importar)

¡qué más da!, ¡da igual! — it doesn't matter!, never mind!

¿qué más te da? — what does it matter to you?

¿qué más da un sitio que otro? — surely one place is as good as another!, it doesn't make any difference which place we choose

lo mismo da — it makes no difference {o} odds

me da igual, lo mismo me da, tanto me da — it's all the same to me, I don't mind

4) [seguido de preposición]
dar a (=estar orientado) [cuarto, ventana] to look out onto, overlook; [fachada] to face
mi habitación da al jardín — my room looks out onto {o} overlooks the garden
darle a (=hacer funcionar) [+ botón] to press; (=golpear) to hit; [+ balón] to kick
dale a la tecla roja — hit {o} press the red key

darle a la bomba — to pump, work the pump

dale más fuerte a la bomba — pump harder

¡dale! — hit him!

no es capaz de darle al balón de cabeza — he can't head the ball
dar con (=encontrar) [+ persona] to find; [+ idea, solución] to hit on, come up with
dimos con él dos horas más tarde — we found him two hours later

al final di con la solución — I finally hit on the solution, I finally came up with the solution

no doy con el nombre — I can't think of the name

• dar [consigo] en — to end up in

dio consigo en la cárcel — he ended up in jail
dar contra (=golpear) to hit
el barco dio contra el puente — the ship hit the bridge
dar de
dar de palos a algn — to give sb a beating

dar de puñetazos a algn — to punch sb

dar de barniz a algo — to varnish sth

• dar de [beber] a algn — to give sb something to drink

• dar de [comer] a algn — to feed sb

• dar de [sí] — [comida, bebida] to go a long way

lo que cada uno puede dar de sí — what each person can contribute
dar en [+ blanco, suelo] to hit; [+ solución] to hit on, come up with
el sol me da en la cara — the sun is in my eyes

• dar en [hacer] algo — to take to doing sth

han dado en llamarle Boko — they've taken to calling him Boko
darle a algn por hacer algo
le ha dado por no venir a clase — he has taken to cutting classes

les dio por venir a vernos — they took it into their heads to come and see us

últimamente le ha dado por el golf — he's taken up golf lately

al chico le daba por dormirse en la clase — the boy was always falling asleep in class

la casa que a alguien le dio por llamar Miramar — the house that someone had the bright idea of calling Miramar
dar para (=ser suficiente) to be enough for
con eso da para cuatro personas — this is enough for four people

mi pobre cabeza no da para más hoy — I don't think my poor head can take any more today

5) dar que hablar to set people talking

una película que da en qué pensar — a thought-provoking film, a film which gives you a lot to think about

3.

See:

darse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex. Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex. This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex. Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex. Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

----

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex: Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex: This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex: Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex: Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll, t

* * *

dar [ A25 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ dar (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A entregar

B regalar, donar

C en naipes

D

1 proporcionar

2 Música

E conferir, aportar

F

1 aplicar capa de barniz etc

2 dar: inyección etc

G

1 conceder prórroga etc

2 atribuir

3 pronosticando duración

4 dar: edad, años

H

1 expresar, decir

2 señalar, indicar

Sentido II

A producir

B rendir, alcanzar hasta

C causar, provocar

D arruinar, fastidiar

Sentido III

A presentar

B ofrecer, celebrar

C dar: conferencia

Sentido IV

A realizar la acción indicada

B dar: limpiada etc

Sentido V considerar

■ dar (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 entregar

2 en naipes

B ser suficiente, alcanzar

C

1 dar a: puerta etc

2 llegar hasta

3 estar orientado hacia

D comunicar

E arrojar un resultado

F importar

Sentido II

A

1 pegar, golpear

2 darle a algo: tarea

3 darle a algo: hacer uso de

4 acertar

B

1 darle a algo: accionar

2 mover

C

1 indicando insistencia

2 instando a alguien a hacer algo

D dar con

Sentido III

A acometer, sobrevenir

B

1 darle a alguien por algo

2 darle a alguien con algo

C dar en

D dar: sol, viento, luz

E acabar

■ darse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B ocurrir

C resultar

Sentido II

A dedicarse, entregarse

B tratarse, ser sociable

Sentido III

A realizar la acción indicada

B

1 golpearse, pegarse

2 darse (de) golpes

3 darse (de) patadas etc

Sentido IV considerarse

vt

Sentido I

A (entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Jaime give the keys to Jaime, give Jaime the keys

se las di a Jaime I gave them to Jaime

dale esto a tu madre de mi parte give this to your mother from me

deme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? any advance on 500 dollars?

dar algo A + INF:

da toda la ropa a planchar/lavar she sends all her clothes to be ironed/washed, she has all her ironing/washing done for her

comer¹ vi A 2. (↑ comer (1)), conocer, entender¹ vt A 2. (↑ entender (1)), mamar

B (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? — te lo doy, yo no lo necesito can I borrow it? — you can have it o keep it, I don't need it

a mí nunca nadie me dio nada nobody's ever given me anything

daría cualquier cosa por que así fuera I'd give anything o ( colloq) I'd give my right arm for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman two can play at that game

estarlas dando ( Chi fam): entremos sin pagar, aquí las están dando let's just walk in without paying, they're asking for it ( colloq)

con ese profesor las están dando they get away with murder with that teacher ( colloq)

para dar y tomar or vender: coge los que quieras, tengo para dar y tomar or vender take as many as you want, I have plenty to spare o ( colloq) I've stacks of them

C (en naipes) to deal

¡me has dado unas cartas horribles! you've dealt o given me a terrible hand

D

1 (proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give

sus elogios me han dado ánimos his praise has given me encouragement o has encouraged me

eso me dio la idea para el libro that's where I got the idea for the book, that's what gave me the idea for the book

me dio un buen consejo she gave me some useful advice

mi familia no pudo darme una carrera my family weren't in a position to send me to o put me through university o to give me a university education

es capaz de robar si le dan la ocasión given the chance he's quite capable of stealing

pide que te den un presupuesto/más información ask them to give you o supply you with an estimate/more information

2 ( Música) to give

¿me das el la? can you give me an A?

E (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo a la plaza the lights gave the square a very festive atmosphere, the lights lent a very festive atmosphere to the square

les dio forma redondeada a las puntas he rounded off the ends

necesita algo que le dé sentido a su vida he needs something that will give his life some meaning

F

1 (aplicar) ‹capa de barniz/mano de pintura› to give

dale otra capa de barniz/otra mano de pintura give it another coat of varnish/paint

hay que darle cera al piso we have to wax the floor

dale una puntada para sujetarlo put a stitch in to hold it

2 ‹inyección/lavativa/sedante› to give, administer ( frml); ‹masaje› to give

G

1 (conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give

te doy hasta el jueves I'll give you until Thursday

¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar allí? who gave you permission to go in there?, who said you could go in there?

si usted nos da permiso with your permission, if you will allow us

el dentista me ha dado hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron el tercer premio we won o got third prize, we were awarded third prize

al terminar el cursillo te dan un diploma when you finish the course you get a diploma

2

(atribuir): no le des demasiada importancia don't attach too much importance to it

yo le doy otra interpretación a ese pasaje I see o interpret that passage in a different way

tuvieron que darme la razón they had to admit I was right

3 (pronosticando duración) to give

no le dan ni dos meses de vida they've given him less than two months to live

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación I don't think they'll last more than a month together

4

( RPl) ‹edad/años› ¿cuántos años or qué edad le das? how old do you think o reckon she is?

yo no le daba más de 28 I didn't think he was more than 28

H

1

(expresar, decir): ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say hello

dales recuerdos de mi parte give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a algn to welcome sb

tenemos que ir a darles el pésame we must go and offer our condolences

me gustaría que me dieras tu parecer or opinión I'd like you to give me your opinion

le doy mi enhorabuena I'd like to congratulate you

¿me da la hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?

me tocó a mí darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him

te han dado una orden you've been given an order, that was an order

han dado orden de desalojar el edificio they've ordered that the building be vacated

2

(señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or ( Esp) comunicando the line's busy o ( BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

muestra

Sentido II

A

(producir): estos campos dan mucho grano these fields have a high grain yield

esta estufa da mucho calor this heater gives out a lot of heat

esta clase de negocio da mucho dinero there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% those bonds give a yield of 7%

los árboles han empezado a dar fruto the trees have begun to bear fruit

no le pudo dar un hijo she was unable to bear o give him a child

B

(rendir, alcanzar hasta): ¿cuánto da ese coche? how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

ha dado todo lo que el público esperaba de él he has lived up to the public's expectations of him

el coche venía a todo lo que daba the car was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast

C

(causar, provocar): la comida muy salada da sed salty food makes you thirsty

¡estos críos dan tanto trabajo! these kids are such hard work!

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿no te da calor esa camisa? aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste I can't bear o it hurts me to see her so sad

¡qué susto me has dado! you gave me such a fright!

me da no sé qué que se tenga que quedar sola I feel a bit funny about leaving her on her own

este coche no me ha dado problemas this car hasn't given me any trouble

ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc dar QUE + INF:

el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden

los niños dan que hacer children are a lot of work

lo que dijo me dio que pensar what he said gave me plenty of food for thought o plenty to think about

ver tb dar vi Sense III A.

D ( Esp fam) (arruinar, fastidiar) to spoil, ruin

Isabelita nos dio la noche we had an awful night thanks to little Isabel

Sentido III

A

(presentar): ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? ( colloq)

en el cine Avenida dan una película buenísima there's a really good movie on at the Avenida, they're showing a really good movie at the Avenida

ayer fuimos al teatro, daban una obra de Calderón we went to the theater yesterday, it was a play by Calderón

va a dar un concierto el mes que viene he's giving a concert next month

deja de gritar así, estás dando un espectáculo stop shouting like that, you're making a spectacle of yourself

B (ofrecer, celebrar) ‹fiesta› to give; ‹baile/banquete› to hold

C ‹conferencia› to give

dar examen (CS); to take o ( BrE) sit an exam

ver tb clase¹ f E. (↑ clase (1))

Sentido IV

A

(realizar la acción indicada): dieron lectura al comunicado they read out the communiqué

estuvo dando cabezadas durante toda la película he kept nodding off all through the film

dio un grito/un suspiro she shouted/sighed, she gave a shout/heaved a sigh

dio un paso atrás/adelante he took a step back/forward

(+ me/te/le etc): dame un beso/abrazo give me a kiss/hug

me dio un tirón del pelo he pulled my hair

golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

dársela a algn ( Esp fam); to take sb in, put one over on sb

dárselas a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb up

B

‹limpiada/barrida/planchazo› con que le des una enjuagada alcanza just a quick rinse will do

hay que darle una barrida al suelo de la cocina the kitchen floor needs a sweep o needs sweeping

quiero darle otra leída a este capítulo ( AmL); I want to run o read through this chapter again

Sentido V (considerar) dar algo/a algn POR algo:

lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead

doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic

si le has prestado dinero ya lo puedes dar por perdido if you've lent him money you can kiss it goodbye

¿eso es lo que quieres? ¡dalo por hecho! is that what you want? consider it done! o ( AmE colloq) you got it!

si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado if I pass it will have been time well spent

sentado

■ dar

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(entregar): dame, yo te lo coso let me have it o give it here, I'll sew it for you

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? can I have some money for an ice cream?

2 (en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti it's your deal, it's your turn to deal

B (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar PARA algo/algn:

este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken is enough o will do for two meals

con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round

da para hablar horas y horas you could talk about it for hours

(+ me/te/le etc): eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that

no le da la cabeza para la física he hasn't much of a head for physics

no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time

dar de sí to stretch

me quedan un poco ajustados, pero ya darán de sí they're a bit tight on me, but they'll stretch o give

¡cuánto ha dado de sí esa botella de jerez! that bottle of sherry's gone a long way!

¡qué poco dan de sí seis euros! six euros don't go very far!

el pobre ya no da más de sí the poor guy's fit to drop

no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with

yo me voy, esto ya no da para más I'm leaving, this is a waste of time

ya no da para más or (CS) ya no da más de tanto trabajar he's worked himself into the ground

estoy que no doy más I'm all in ( colloq), I'm shattered o dead beat ( colloq), I'm pooped ( AmE colloq)

C dar a

1 «puerta/habitación» (comunicar con) to give on to

la puerta trasera da a un jardín/a la calle Palmar the back door opens o gives onto a garden/onto Palmar Street

todas las habitaciones dan a un patio all the rooms look onto o give onto a courtyard

2 (llegar hasta) «río» to go o flow into; «camino/sendero» to lead to

la calle va a dar directamente a la playa the street goes right down o leads straight to the beach

3 «fachada/frente» (estar orientado hacia) to face

la fachada principal da al sur the main facade faces south

la terraza da al mar the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

D

( RPl) (comunicar) darle a algn CON algn: ¿me das con Teresa, por favor? can I speak to Teresa, please?

en seguida le doy con el señor Seco I'll just put you through to Mr Seco

E

(arrojar un resultado): ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 ¿y a ti? I made it (to be) 247, how about you?

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo her test was positive/negative

F

(importar): ¿cuál prefieres? — da igual which do you prefer? — I don't mind

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿el jueves o el viernes? — a mí me da igual Thursday or Friday? — I don't mind o it doesn't matter o it doesn't make any difference to me o it's all the same to me

la sopa se ha enfriado un poco — ¡qué más da! the soup's gone a bit cold — never mind o it doesn't matter

¿qué más da un color que otro? surely one color is as good as another!, what difference does it make what color it is?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¡qué más le da a él que otros tengan que hacer su trabajo! what does he care if others have to do his work?

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? what difference does it make to you if he comes?, what's it to you if he comes? ( colloq)

no quiere venir — tanto da she doesn't want to come — it makes no difference o so what?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿a qué hora quieren cenar? — tanto nos da what time do you want to have dinner? — it's all the same to us o whenever

Sentido II

A

1 (pegar, golpear) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio en la cabeza it hit him on the head

dale al balón con fuerza kick the ball hard

¡te voy a dar yo a ti como no me obedezcas! you're going to get it from me if you don't do what I say ( colloq)

le dio con la regla en los nudillos she rapped his knuckles with the ruler

cuando te agarren te van a dar de palos when they get you they're going to give you a good beating

2 ( fam) (a una tarea, asignatura) darle A algo:

me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on o studying my English ( colloq)

vas a tener que darle más fuerte si quieres aprobar you're going to have to push yourself harder o put more effort into it if you want to pass

quiero darle un poco más a esta traducción antes de irme I want to do a bit more work on this translation before I go

3 ( fam) (hacer uso de) darle A algo:

¡cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o ( AmE) down the wine ( colloq)

¡cómo le han dado al queso! ¡ya casi no queda! they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! ( colloq)

¡cómo les has dado a estos zapatos! you've really been hard on these shoes!, you've worn these shoes out quickly!

lengua

4 (acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro to hit the target/the bull's-eye

clavo

B

1 (accionar) darle A algo:

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba push that lever up

le dio al interruptor she flicked the switch

le di a la manivela I turned the handle

dale al pedal press the pedal

tienes que darle a este botón/esta tecla you have to press this button/key

2 (mover) (+ compl):

dale al volante hacia la derecha turn the wheel to the right

dale para atrás ( Auto) back up

C

1 ( fam)

(indicando insistencia): ¡y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy there you go again! I've told you I'm not going ( colloq)

estuvo todo el día dale que dale con el clarinete he spent the whole day blowing away on his clarinet

¡y dale con lo de la edad! ¿qué importa eso? stop going on about her age! what does it matter?

¡dale que te pego! ( fam): he estado toda la mañana dale que te pego con esto I've been slaving away at this all morning

yo quiero olvidarlo y él ¡dale que te pego con lo mismo! I want to forget about it and he keeps on and on about it o he keeps banging on about it

2

( RPl fam) (instando a algn a hacer algo): dale, metete, el agua está lindísima come on, get in, the water's lovely

dale, prestámelo come on o go on, lend it to me

D dar con (encontrar) to find

por mucho que buscaron no dieron con él although they searched high and low they couldn't find him

creo que ya he dado con la solución I think I've hit upon o found the solution

cuando uno no da con la palabra adecuada when you can't come up with o find the right word

Sentido III

A (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio un mareo she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

como no se calle, me va a dar algo ( fam); if you don't shut up, I'm going to have a fit ( colloq)

¡me da una indignación cuando hace esas cosas …! I feel so angry when he does those things!

me da que ya no vienen ( fam); I have a (funny o sneaky) feeling they're not coming ( colloq)

ver tb dar vt Sense II C., escalofrío, frío² m B. (↑ frío (2)), gana, impresión, etc

B (hablando de ocurrencias, manías)

1 darle a algn POR algo:

le ha dado por decir que ya no lo quiero he's started saying that I don't love him any more

le ha dado por beber he's taken to drink, he's started drinking

le ha dado por el yoga she's got into yoga

¡menos mal que me dio por preguntar por cuánto saldría! it's just as well it occurred to me to ask o I thought to ask how much it would be!

darle a algn por ahí ( fam): ¿ahora hace pesas? — sí, le ha dado por ahí is he doing weights now? — yes, that's his latest craze o that's what he's into now

¿por qué lo hiciste? — no sé, me dio por ahí why did you do it? — I don't know, I just felt like it

cualquier día le da por ahí y la deja one of these days he'll just up and leave her

2 darle a algn CON algo:

le ha dado con que me conoce he's got it into his head he knows me

C dar en

(tender a): ha dado en salir acompañada por galanes jóvenes she has taken to being escorted in public by handsome young men

ha dado en esta locura she has got this crazy idea into her head

lo que se ha dado en llamar `drogodependencia' what has come to be known as `drug-dependence'

D

«sol/viento/luz»: aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here

siéntate aquí, donde da el sol sit down here in the sun

en esa playa da mucho el viento it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes

E

(acabar): ir/venir a dar: la pelota había ido a dar al jardín de al lado the ball had ended up in the next door garden

¿cómo habrá venido a dar esto aquí? how on earth did this get here?

■ darse

v pron

Sentido I

A (producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo wheat grows well in this area

B

(ocurrir) «caso/situación»: bien podría darse una situación así this kind of situation could well arise o occur

se dio la circunstancia de que la alarma estaba desconectada the alarm happened to be disconnected

para esto se tienen que dar las siguientes circunstancias this requires the following conditions

¿qué se da? ( fam); what's going on o happening? ( colloq)

C (resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

se le dan muy bien los idiomas she's very good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? how are you at sewing?, how's your sewing?

Sentido II

A (dedicarse, entregarse) darse A algo:

se dio a la bebida she took to drink, she hit the bottle ( colloq)

se da a la buena vida he spends his time having fun o living it up

se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

B

( RPl) (tratarse, ser sociable) darse CON algn: no se da con la familia del marido she doesn't have much to do with her husband's family

Sentido III

A ( refl)

(realizar la acción indicada): voy a darme una ducha I'm going to take o have a shower

vamos a darnos un banquete we're going to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot

va dándoselas de rico y no tiene un duro he makes out he's rich but he hasn't got a penny

¿pero ése de qué se las da? si es un obrero como tú y yo who does he think he is? he's just another worker like you and me

no te las des de listo don't act so smart

B

1

(golpearse, pegarse): se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed o went into a tree

se va a dar un golpe en la cabeza/espalda he's going to hit o bump his head/hit his back

se dio con la nariz or de narices contra la puerta he ran/walked straight into the door, he went smack into the door ( colloq)

2 ( refl):

darse (de) golpes to hit oneself

¡podría darme (de) patadas! I could kick myself!

3 ( recípr):

se estaban dando (de) patadas/tortazos en plena calle they were kicking/punching each other right there on the street

Sentido IV (considerarse) darse POR algo:

con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that

no se dará por vencida hasta que lo consiga she won't give up until she gets it

puedes darte por contento de haber salido con vida you can count yourself lucky you weren't killed

no quiere darse por enterado he doesn't want to know

aludir vi 1. (↑ aludir)

* * *

dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dar trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dar un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dar algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dar de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): darle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dar en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) darle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) darle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) darse por algo:
◊ con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
' dar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abasto
- abrigar
- acelerón
- acertar
- acogerse
- acomodar
- acreditar
- admitir
- aflojar
- agradecer
- alarma
- albergue
- alcance
- alerta
- alimentar
- alojamiento
- alta
- amagar
- apetecer
- apurar
- armar
- asesorar
- atinar
- baño
- batalla
- blanca
- blanco
- bola
- bote
- brazo
- brinco
- buena
- bueno
- cabezada
- cabida
- cada
- calabaza
- calentar
- callar
- callada
- callo
- campanada
- cancha
- cante
- cara
- carpetazo
- carrete
- casar
- chivatazo
- citar
English:
about-face
- about-turn
- act up
- advance
- amplify
- announce
- around
- attach
- attest
- back
- backpedal
- barge into
- bear
- beat
- beat up
- beg
- begrudge
- birth
- block
- bluster
- bolster
- bop
- boss about
- boss around
- bother
- bounce
- bound
- breast-feed
- brief
- buff
- bull's-eye
- butt
- call
- chase down
- checkmate
- cheer
- chime
- circle
- clout
- coach
- come across
- credence
- day
- deal
- death
- deliver
- deposit
- direct
- discharge
- disgust

* * *

dar

♦ vt

1. [entregar, otorgar] to give;

dar algo a alguien to give sth to sb, to give sb sth;

da parte de sus ingresos a los necesitados she gives o donates part of her income to the poor;

dame el azúcar, por favor could you pass o give me the sugar, please?;

¡dámelo! give it to me!, give me it!;

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother;

daría cualquier cosa por saber lo que piensa I'd give anything to know what he's thinking

2. [pagar] to give;
[ofrecer en pago] to offer;
¿cuánto te dieron por la casa? how much did they give you for the house?;

el concesionario me da 2.000 euros por la moto vieja the dealer's offering 2,000 euros for my old motorbike;

300 dólares, ¿quién da más? [en subasta] is there any advance on 300 dollars?

3. [proporcionar] to give, to provide with;

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice;

este color le da un aspecto diferente a la habitación this colour makes the room look different;

le di instrucciones de cómo llegar a casa I gave her directions for getting to my house;

no nos dio ninguna explicación sobre su ausencia he didn't give us o provide us with any explanation for his absence;

le dimos ánimos para que siguiera con su trabajo we encouraged her to continue with her work;

su familia hizo un gran esfuerzo por darle estudios universitarios his family went to a great deal of effort to enable him to go to university

4. [conceder] to give;

le han dado el Premio Nobel she has been awarded o given the Nobel Prize;

le dieron una beca he was awarded o given a grant;

yo no le daría demasiada importancia I wouldn't attach too much importance to it;

al final me dieron la razón in the end they accepted that I was right;

le dieron una semana más para presentar el informe they gave o allowed him one more week to hand in the report;

me dieron permiso para ir al médico I got o was allowed time off work to go to the doctor;

¿da su permiso para entrar? may I come in?;

nos dieron facilidades de pago they offered us easy payment terms;

los médicos no le dan más de seis meses de vida the doctors don't give him more than six months (to live);

¿qué interpretación das a este descubrimiento? how would you interpret this discovery?

5. [decir]
dar los buenos días to say hello;

dar la bienvenida a alguien to welcome sb;

le di las gracias por su ayuda I thanked her for her help;

fuimos a darles el pésame we went to offer them our condolences;

dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards, say hello to him from me;

dale la enhorabuena give her my congratulations;

me dio su opinión al respecto he gave me his opinion on the matter;

¿quién le dará la noticia? who's going to tell o give her the news?

6. [producir] to give, to produce;
[frutos, flores] to bear; [beneficios, intereses] to yield;
estas vacas dan mucha leche these cows produce a lot of milk;

esta cuenta da un 5 por ciento de interés this account offers a 5 percent interest rate, this account bears interest at 5 percent;

esta lámpara da mucha luz this light is very bright;

le dio tres hijos she bore him three children

7. [provocar] to give;

me da vergüenza/pena it makes me ashamed/sad;

me da risa it makes me laugh;

me da miedo it frightens me;

¡me da una rabia que me traten así! it infuriates me that they should treat me in this way!;

me dio un susto tremendo she gave me a real fright;

el viaje me dio mucho sueño the journey made me really sleepy;

da gusto leer un libro tan bien escrito it's a pleasure to read such a well-written book;

los cacahuetes dan mucha sed peanuts make you very thirsty;

este paseo me ha dado hambre this walk has made me hungry o given me an appetite;

estas botas dan mucho calor these boots are very warm

8. [luz, agua, gas] [encender] to turn o switch on;
[suministrar por primera vez] to connect; [suministrar tras un corte] to turn back on
9. [fiesta, cena] to have, to hold;

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in sb's honour;

darán una recepción después de la boda there will be a reception after the wedding

10. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal

11. [sujeto: reloj] to strike;

el reloj dio las doce the clock struck twelve

12. Cine, Teatro & TV to show;
[concierto, interpretación] to give;
¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? – dan una película del oeste what's on the TV tonight? – they're showing a western o there's a western on;

dieron la ceremonia en directo they broadcast the ceremony live

13. [propinar]
le di una bofetada I slapped him, I gave him a slap;

dio una patada a la pelota he kicked the ball;

darle un golpe/una puñalada a alguien to hit/stab sb

14. [untar con, aplicar]
dar una capa de pintura al salón to give the living-room a coat of paint;

dar barniz a una silla to varnish a chair

15. [señales, indicios] to show;

dar pruebas de sensatez to show good sense;

dar señales de vida to show signs of life

16. [enseñar] to teach;
[conferencia] to give;
dar inglés/historia to teach English/history;

dio una clase muy interesante she gave a very interesting class;

mañana no daremos clase there won't be a class tomorrow

17. Esp [recibir] [clase] to have;

doy clases de piano con una profesora francesa I have piano classes with a French piano teacher;

doy dos clases de francés a la semana I have two French classes a week

18. [expresa acción]
dar un grito to give a cry;

dar un suspiro to sigh, to give a sigh;

dar un vistazo a to have a look at;

dio lectura a los resultados de la elección she read out the election results;

cuando se enteró de la noticia, dio saltos de alegría when he heard the news, he jumped for joy;

voy a dar un paseo I'm going (to go) for a walk

19. Esp Fam [fastidiar] to ruin;

es tan pesado que me dio la tarde he's so boring that he ruined the afternoon for me;

el bebé nos da las noches con sus lloros the baby never lets us get a decent night's sleep

20. [considerar]
dar algo por to consider sth as;

eso lo doy por hecho I take that for granted;

doy por sentado que vendrás a la fiesta I take it for granted that o I assume you'll be coming to the party;

doy por explicado este periodo histórico that's all I want to say about this period of history;

doy esta discusión por terminada I consider this discussion to be over;

dar a alguien por muerto to give sb up for dead

21. Fam [presentir]
me da que no van a venir I have a feeling they're not going to come

22. RP [inyección] to give

23. Comp

donde las dan las toman you get what you deserve;

no dar una to get everything wrong

♦ vi

1. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal;

me toca dar a mí it's my deal

2. [entregar]
dame, que ya lo llevo yo give it to me, I'll carry it

3. [horas] to strike;

dieron las tres three o'clock struck

4. [golpear]
le dieron en la cabeza they hit him on the head;

la piedra dio contra el cristal the stone hit the window;

como no te portes bien, te voy a dar if you don't behave, I'll smack you

5. [accionar]
dar a [llave de paso] to turn;
[botón, timbre] to press;
dale al control remoto hit the remote control;

dale al pedal press down on the pedal;
Informát
dale a la tecla de retorno hit o press return;

dale a la manivela turn the handle

6. [estar orientado]
dar a [sujeto: ventana, balcón] to look out onto, to overlook;
[sujeto: pasillo, puerta] to lead to; [sujeto: casa, fachada] to face;
todas las habitaciones dan al mar all the rooms look out onto o face the sea

7. [sujeto: luz, viento]
el sol daba de lleno en la habitación the sunlight was streaming into the room;

la luz me daba directamente en la cara the light was shining directly in my face;

aquí da mucho viento it's very windy here

8. [encontrar]
dar con algo/alguien to find sth/sb;

he dado con la solución I've hit upon the solution

9. [proporcionar]
dar de beber a alguien to give sb something to drink;

da de mamar a su hijo she breast-feeds her son

10. [ser suficiente]
dar para to be enough for;

Comp

no dar ni para pipas: ¡eso no te da ni para pipas! that's not even enough to buy a bag of peanuts!

11. [motivar]
esta noticia va a dar mucho que hablar this news will set people talking;

aquello me dio que pensar that made me think

12. [importar]
¡y a ti qué más te da! what's it to you?;

me da igual o [m5] lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;

no vamos a poder ir al cine – ¡qué más da! we won't be able to go to the cinema – never mind!;

y si no lo conseguimos, ¿qué más da? if we don't manage it, so what?;

¡qué más da quién lo haga con tal de que lo haga bien! what does it matter o what difference does it make who does it as long as they do it properly?;

lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;

¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference

13. [acertar]
dio en el blanco she hit the target;

diste en el blanco, hay que intentar reducir las pérdidas you hit the nail on the head, we have to try and reduce our losses

14. [tomar costumbre]
le ha dado por el yoga he's decided to go in for yoga;

ahora le ha dado por no comer fruta now she's decided not to eat fruit;

le dio por ponerse a cantar en medio de la clase he took it into his head to start singing in the middle of the class;

¿está aprendiendo ruso? – sí, le ha dado por ahí is she learning Russian? – yes, that's her latest thing;
Formal
dar en hacer algo to take to doing sth;

el viejo dio en leer libros de caballería the old man took to reading books on chivalry

15. [expresa repetición]
le dieron de palos they beat him repeatedly with sticks

16. [afectar]
le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

17.
dar de sí [ropa, calzado] to give, to stretch;

no dar más de sí o [m5] para más [persona, animal] not to be up to much any more;

este sueldo da mucho de sí this salary goes a long way;

estos zapatos no dan para más these shoes have had it;

es un poco tonto, no da para más he's a bit stupid, he's not up to anything else

18. [expresa enfado]
te digo que pares y tú, ¡dale (que dale)! I've told you to stop, but you just carry on and on!;

¡y dale con la música! there he goes again, playing loud music!;

te hemos dicho que no menciones el tema, y tú, dale que te pego we've told you not to mention the subject, but you just carry on regardless o but here you are, bringing it up again;

¡y dale! te lo he dicho bien claro, no voy a ir how many times do I have to tell you? o I've said it once and I'll say it again, I'm not going

19. RP [comunicar]
¿me darías con tu madre? could I speak to your mother?, could you put your mother on?;

le doy con el Sr. Hualde I'll put you through to Mr Hualde

20. Comp
Fam
para dar y tomar: había cerveza para dar y tomar there was loads of beer;
Fam
darle a: ¡cómo le da a la cerveza! he certainly likes his beer!;
Fam
darle algo a alguien: si no se calla me va a dar algo if he doesn't shut up soon, I'll go mad;

si sigues trabajando así te va a dar algo you can't go on working like that;
Esp muy Fam
¡que le den!: ¿que no quiere cooperar? ¡que le den! he doesn't want to co-operate? well, stuff him!

♦ See also the pronominal verb darse

* * *

dar

<part dado>

I v/t

1 give; fiesta give, have;

dar un salto/una patada jump/kick, give a jump/kick;

dar miedo a frighten;

el jamón me dio sed the ham made me thirsty;

dar de comer/beber a alguien give s.o. something to eat/drink

2 fruta bear; luz give off; beneficio yield

3 película show, screen

4

:

el reloj dio las tres the clock struck three

5

:

¡dale (que dale)! fam don’t keep on! fam ;

y siguió dale que te pego fam and he kept on and on

II v/i

1 give; de cartas en juego deal;

dame give it to me, give me it

2

:

dar a de ventana look onto

3

:

dar con algo/alguien come across sth/s.o., find sth/s.o.;

no di con el nombre I couldn’t think of the name

4

:

dar de sí de material stretch, give;

dar para be enough for;

no da para más it’s past its best

5

:

le dio por insultar a su madre fam she started insulting her mother

6

:

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;

da igual it doesn’t matter

7

:

dar contra o

en algo hit sth;

el sol le daba en la cara he had the sun in his eyes, the sun was in his eyes

8

:

dar por muerto a alguien give s.o. up for dead

9

:

dar que hablar give people something to talk about;

da que pensar it makes you think, it gives you something to think about

* * *

dar {22} vt

1) : to give

2) entregar: to deliver, to hand over

3) : to hit, to strike

4) : to yield, to produce

5) : to perform

6) : to give off, to emit

7)

dar como or

dar por : to regard as, to consider

dar vi

1) alcanzar: to suffice, to be enough

no me da para dos pasajes: I don't have enough for two fares

2)

dar a or

dar sobre : to overlook, to look out on

3)

dar con : to run into

4)

dar con : to hit upon (an idea)

5)

dar de sí : to give, to stretch

♦ See also the reflexive verb darse

* * *

dar vb

1. (en general) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]

dale esta carta a tu madre give this letter to your mother

me has dado una idea you've given me an idea

me dio permiso para ir a la excursión he gave me permission to go on the trip

¿cuánto me das por lavarte el coche? how much will you give me for washing your car?

2. (poner en las manos) to pass

me puedes ayudar dándome los libros you can help me by passing me the books

3. (pedir en una tienda)

¿me da un kilo de naranjas, por favor? could I have a kilo of oranges, please?

4. (poner en la televisión) to be on

esta noche dan una película estupenda en la tele there's a great film on TV tonight

5. (ofrecer fiesta) to have

los García dan una fiesta the Garcías are having a party

6. (impartir clases) to teach [pt. & pp. taught]

da clases de inglés she teaches English

7. (tener ataque, enfermedad) to have

le ha dado un ataque de asma she had an asthma attack

8. (producir fruto, flores) to bear [pt. bore; pp. borne]

el peral da peras the pear tree bears pears

9. (sonar las horas) to strike [pt. & pp. struck]

el reloj dio las ocho the clock struck eight

ya han dado las diez it's gone ten o'clock

10. (encender, conectar) to turn on

¿has dado el gas? have you turned the gas on?

11. (chocar, golpear) to hit [pt. & pp. hit]

la pelota dio contra el cristal the ball hit the window

12. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]

me dio las buenas noches he said goodnight to me / he wished me goodnight

le di las gracias I thanked him

dar a to overlook / to look onto

esta habitación da a la calle this room overlooks the street

dar a entender to imply [pt. & pp. implied]

dar a luz to give birth [pt. gave; pp. given]

dio a luz a una niña preciosa she gave birth to a beautiful little girl

dar de comer to feed [pt. & pp. fed]

dar igual not to matter / not to mind

da igual it doesn't matter

me da igual I don't mind

¿qué más da? what difference does it make?

Spanish-English dictionary > dar
12 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
13 tonto

adj.

1 silly, dull, empty-headed, foolish.

2 silly, footling, foolish.

3 useless, dumb.

4 stupefied.

m.

fool, blockhead, dunce, idiot.

* * *

tonto

► adjetivo

1 silly, stupid, US dumb

■ ¡qué idea más tonta! what a stupid idea!

► nombre masculino,nombre femenino

1 fool, idiot

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a tontas y a locas without rhyme or reason

hacer el tonto / hacer la tonta to act the fool

hacerse el tonto / hacerse la tonta to play dumb

ponerse tonto,-a familiar to get stroppy

tonto,-a de remate / tonto,-a de capirote familiar prize idiot

un,-a tonto,-a del bote familiar a right berk, a real twerp

* * *
1. (f. - tonta)
noun

fool
2. (f. - tonta)
adj.

foolish, stupid

* * *
tonto, -a
1. ADJ

1) [persona]

a) (=bobo) [dicho con afecto] silly; [dicho con enfado] stupid

venga, vente con nosotros, ¡no seas tonto! — come on, come with us, don't be silly!

¡qué tonto soy! — how silly o stupid of me!

fui tan tonto que me dejé engañar por ellos — I was silly enough to be taken in by them

¿tú te has creído que yo soy tonto?, ¿me tomas por tonto? — do you think I'm stupid?

- es tonto del bote o de capirote o de remate

b) [poco inteligente] stupid

¡y parecía tonto! — and we thought he was stupid!

a lo tonto —

¿para qué esforzarse a lo tonto? — why go to all that trouble for nothing?

y a lo tonto, a lo tonto, se le pasó la mitad del día — and before he knew it, half the day had slipped by

- es más tonto que Abundio

- hacer tonto a algn

a tontas y a locas —

piénsalo bien, no quiero que actúes/hables a tontas y a locas — think carefully, don't just do/say the first thing that comes into your head

esos jóvenes sin seso que solo hablan a tontas y a locas — these silly youngsters who chatter away without even thinking what they're saying

c) (=insolente) silly

¡si te pones tonto no te vuelvo a traer al cine! — if you start being silly I won't take you to the cinema again!

d) (=torpe)

me quedé como tonto después del golpe — I felt dazed after the knock

hoy se me olvida todo, estoy como tonto — I keep forgetting things today, I'm out of it *

dejar a algn tonto — Esp to leave sb speechless

e) (=presumido) stuck-up *

pasaba muy tonto por delante de ella — he walked past her showing off

está muy tonto desde que es médico — he's such a show-off since he became a doctor *

f) (Med) imbecile
pelo 8)
2) [risa, frase, accidente] silly

¡qué fallo más tonto! — it was a really silly mistake!

fue una respuesta tonta — that was a stupid answer

me entró la risa tonta — I started giggling

me pilló en una hora tonta y le presté el dinero — I wasn't thinking at that moment and I lent him the money
caja 1)
2. SM / F

1) idiot

soy un tonto, ¡nunca debí haberla escuchado! — I'm such an idiot, I should never have listened to her!

allí estaba, riéndome como una tonta — there I was, laughing like an idiot

el tonto del pueblo — the village idiot

- hacer el tonto

has hecho el tonto no siguiendo sus consejos — you were a fool not to take her advice

- hacerse el tonto

tonto útil — willing stooge

2) (Med) imbecile

3. SM

1) (Circo, Teat) clown, funny man

2) And, CAm (=palanca) jemmy

* * *
I
- ta adjetivo

1)

a) [SER] < persona> ( falto de inteligencia) stupid, dumb (colloq); ( ingenuo) silly

no seas tonta! — don't be silly!

fui tan tonto como para decirle que sí — I was stupid o foolish enough to say yes

b) [ESTAR] ( intratable) difficult, silly; ( disgustado) upset

a tontas y a locas — without thinking

gasta el dinero a tontas y a locas — she spends money like there's no tomorrow (colloq)

dejar tonto a alguien — (Esp fam) to leave somebody speechless

hacer tonto a alguien — (Chi fam) to fool somebody

ser tonto del bote — to be a complete idiot

2) <excusa/error/historia> silly
II
- ta masculino, femenino ( falto de inteligencia) idiot, dummy (colloq); ( ingenuo) idiot, fool

hacer el tonto — ( hacer payasadas) to play o act the fool; ( actuar con necedad) to make a fool of oneself

hacerse el tonto — to act dumb

- tonto de capirote

- tonto útil

* * *

= fool, witless, bonehead, goofy [goofier -comp., goofiest -sup.], imbecile, cretin, lemon, airheaded, duffer, drongo, schmuck, schmo, moke, twerp, dweeb, chump, birdbrained, birdbrain, dork, plonker.

Ex. A chapter each is devoted to the comic hero, comedian, humorist, rogue, trickster, clown, fool, underdog, and simpleton.

Ex. She refutes the idea of the women's magazine as a 'mouthpiece of masculine interest, of patriarchy and commercialism' that preyed on 'passive, dependent, and witless' women readers.

Ex. The article is entitled 'Field Research for Boneheads: From Naivete to Insight on the Green Tortoise'.

Ex. The article 'Book pricing: economics of a goofy business' examines briefly the economics of the book publishing process from the viewpoint of the book wholesaler.

Ex. The same evil is done in slaving, tormenting and killing, say, chimpanzees as is done in so injuring human imbeciles.

Ex. Cretin is a word derived from an 18th century Swiss-French word meaning Christian.

Ex. The court also heard the victim's brother accuse the defendant of physical abuse and of calling him a ' lemon and a retard'.

Ex. She's just an airheaded bimbo, with an endless capacity to push aside unpleasant realities in favor of her more satisfying interests: young men and jewels.

Ex. Plus, no matter what she did to stop people from picking on her she always ended up being called a duffer.

Ex. Now I know to you inteligent types this sounds a simple problem but to a drongo like me it is like quantum physics!!!.

Ex. Schmuck entered English as a borrowed word from Yiddish, where it is an obscene term literally meaning a foreskin or head of a penis, and an insult.

Ex. This team of schmoes is capable of anything.

Ex. States know better what their own citizens needs are than do the mokes in Washington.

Ex. He started life as a twerp, then fairly quickly became a jerk and ended up an old sourpuss.

Ex. For this reason, I will probably not vote in the London mayoral election at all and this doesn't make me a whinging negativist dweeb.

Ex. Americans are such chumps, because we refuse to see what is going on right in front of our eyes.

Ex. She has her own birdbrained way of thinking about things, but most of what she says is vaguely prophetic.

Ex. I am thinking humans can be such birdbrains when it comes to communication.

Ex. And then we get nongs like Joe here who just cant help himself from being a dork.

Ex. If she'd been my daughter in fact I'd never have let her go out with an obvious plonker like myself.

----

* a tontas y a ciegas = headlong, runaway.

* a tontas y locas = like there's no tomorrow, without rhyme or reason.

* chica bonita y tonta = bimbo.

* chiste tonto para desternillarse = knee slapper.

* chiste tonto pero gracioso = knee slapper.

* como un tonto = stupidly, foolishly.

* guaperas tonto = himbo.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacerse el tonto = act + dumb.

* no tener un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* risa tonta = giggle.

* risita tonta = giggle.

* rubia tonta = dumb blonde.

* típica rubia tonta = bimbo.

* típico guaperas tonto = himbo.

* tonto de capirote = blockhead, prize idiot.

* tonto del bote = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, bonehead, birdbrain, knucklehead.

* tonto del bote, tonto de remate, tonto del culo, tonto perdido, chiflado per = knucklehead.

* tonto del cullo = arsehole [asshole, -USA].

* tonto del culo = mug, prick, as daft as a brush, prize idiot, knucklehead.

* tonto del pueblo, el = village fool, the.

* tonto de marca mayor = prize idiot.

* tonto de remate = as daft as a brush, as thick as two (short) planks, prize idiot, knucklehead.

* tonto genio = idiot savant.

* tonto perdido = as daft as a brush, as thick as two (short) planks, knucklehead.

* tontos /tarea de tontos = fool's errand.

* * *
I
- ta adjetivo

1)

a) [SER] < persona> ( falto de inteligencia) stupid, dumb (colloq); ( ingenuo) silly

no seas tonta! — don't be silly!

fui tan tonto como para decirle que sí — I was stupid o foolish enough to say yes

b) [ESTAR] ( intratable) difficult, silly; ( disgustado) upset

a tontas y a locas — without thinking

gasta el dinero a tontas y a locas — she spends money like there's no tomorrow (colloq)

dejar tonto a alguien — (Esp fam) to leave somebody speechless

hacer tonto a alguien — (Chi fam) to fool somebody

ser tonto del bote — to be a complete idiot

2) <excusa/error/historia> silly
II
- ta masculino, femenino ( falto de inteligencia) idiot, dummy (colloq); ( ingenuo) idiot, fool

hacer el tonto — ( hacer payasadas) to play o act the fool; ( actuar con necedad) to make a fool of oneself

hacerse el tonto — to act dumb

- tonto de capirote

- tonto útil

* * *

= fool, witless, bonehead, goofy [goofier -comp., goofiest -sup.], imbecile, cretin, lemon, airheaded, duffer, drongo, schmuck, schmo, moke, twerp, dweeb, chump, birdbrained, birdbrain, dork, plonker.

Ex: A chapter each is devoted to the comic hero, comedian, humorist, rogue, trickster, clown, fool, underdog, and simpleton.

Ex: She refutes the idea of the women's magazine as a 'mouthpiece of masculine interest, of patriarchy and commercialism' that preyed on 'passive, dependent, and witless' women readers.

Ex: The article is entitled 'Field Research for Boneheads: From Naivete to Insight on the Green Tortoise'.

Ex: The article 'Book pricing: economics of a goofy business' examines briefly the economics of the book publishing process from the viewpoint of the book wholesaler.

Ex: The same evil is done in slaving, tormenting and killing, say, chimpanzees as is done in so injuring human imbeciles.

Ex: Cretin is a word derived from an 18th century Swiss-French word meaning Christian.

Ex: The court also heard the victim's brother accuse the defendant of physical abuse and of calling him a ' lemon and a retard'.

Ex: She's just an airheaded bimbo, with an endless capacity to push aside unpleasant realities in favor of her more satisfying interests: young men and jewels.

Ex: Plus, no matter what she did to stop people from picking on her she always ended up being called a duffer.

Ex: Now I know to you inteligent types this sounds a simple problem but to a drongo like me it is like quantum physics!!!.

Ex: Schmuck entered English as a borrowed word from Yiddish, where it is an obscene term literally meaning a foreskin or head of a penis, and an insult.

Ex: This team of schmoes is capable of anything.

Ex: States know better what their own citizens needs are than do the mokes in Washington.

Ex: He started life as a twerp, then fairly quickly became a jerk and ended up an old sourpuss.

Ex: For this reason, I will probably not vote in the London mayoral election at all and this doesn't make me a whinging negativist dweeb.

Ex: Americans are such chumps, because we refuse to see what is going on right in front of our eyes.

Ex: She has her own birdbrained way of thinking about things, but most of what she says is vaguely prophetic.

Ex: I am thinking humans can be such birdbrains when it comes to communication.

Ex: And then we get nongs like Joe here who just cant help himself from being a dork.

Ex: If she'd been my daughter in fact I'd never have let her go out with an obvious plonker like myself.

* a tontas y a ciegas = headlong, runaway.

* a tontas y locas = like there's no tomorrow, without rhyme or reason.

* chica bonita y tonta = bimbo.

* chiste tonto para desternillarse = knee slapper.

* chiste tonto pero gracioso = knee slapper.

* como un tonto = stupidly, foolishly.

* guaperas tonto = himbo.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacerse el tonto = act + dumb.

* no tener un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* risa tonta = giggle.

* risita tonta = giggle.

* rubia tonta = dumb blonde.

* típica rubia tonta = bimbo.

* típico guaperas tonto = himbo.

* tonto de capirote = blockhead, prize idiot.

* tonto del bote = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, bonehead, birdbrain, knucklehead.

* tonto del bote, tonto de remate, tonto del culo, tonto perdido, chiflado per = knucklehead.

* tonto del cullo = arsehole [asshole, -USA].

* tonto del culo = mug, prick, as daft as a brush, prize idiot, knucklehead.

* tonto del pueblo, el = village fool, the.

* tonto de marca mayor = prize idiot.

* tonto de remate = as daft as a brush, as thick as two (short) planks, prize idiot, knucklehead.

* tonto genio = idiot savant.

* tonto perdido = as daft as a brush, as thick as two (short) planks, knucklehead.

* tontos /tarea de tontos = fool's errand.

* * *

tonto¹ -ta

adjective

A

1 [ SER] ‹persona› (falto de inteligencia) stupid, dumb ( colloq) (ingenuo) silly

¡pero qué tonto eres! ¿de verdad te lo has creído? you idiot! did you really believe it?

mírala … y parecía tonta look at her, and we thought she was stupid!

no seas tonta, aprovecha ahora que puedes don't be silly! make the most of it while you can

y él fue tan tonto como para decirle que sí and he was stupid o dumb o foolish enough to say yes

2 [ ESTAR] (travieso) difficult, silly; (disgustado) upset

no me hagas caso, hoy estoy tonta don't take any notice of me, I'm in a funny mood today

se pone muy tonto siempre que hay visita he gets really silly o difficult when there are visitors

a lo tonto: a lo tonto, a lo tonto lleva ya ganados varios millones he's won several million just like that o without even trying

lo dijo a lo tonto y resulta que acertó it was a wild guess o he said it without thinking and it turned out to be right

hablas a lo tonto you're talking through your hat

a tontas y a locas without thinking

gasta el dinero a tontas y a locas she spends money like there's no tomorrow ( colloq)

dejar tonto a algn ( Esp fam); to leave sb speechless

hacer tonto a algn ( Chi fam); to make a fool of sb, fool sb

ser más tonto que Abundio or que hecho de encargo or que una mata de habas ( Esp fam); to be as dumb as they come ( colloq), to be daft as a brush ( BrE colloq)

ser tonto del bote or del culo ( Esp fam); to be a complete idiot

B ‹excusa/error/historia› silly

fue una caída de lo más tonta pero ya ves, me rompí el tobillo it was such a silly o ridiculous fall but, as you see, I broke my ankle

tonto² -ta

masculine, feminine

(falto de inteligencia) idiot, dummy ( colloq); (ingenuo) idiot, fool

eres un tonto por haberte dejado engañar así you're an idiot o a fool to let yourself be taken in like that

hacer el tonto (hacer payasadas) to play o act the fool, to fool o clown around; (actuar con necedad) to make a fool of oneself

hacerse el tonto to act dumb

no te hagas la tonta, que sabes muy bien de lo que estoy hablando you know very well what I'm talking about so don't pretend you don't o so don't act dumb

le gusta/gustaba más que a un tonto una tiza or un lápiz or un palo ( Esp fam); he is/was crazy o nuts about it ( colloq)

ser como tonto para algo ( Chi fam); to be crazy o nuts about sth ( colloq)

Compuestos:

● tonto de capirote

prize idiot, utter fool

● tonto del pueblo

village idiot

● tonto leso

( Chi fam) silly fool

● tonto útil

idealistic puppet o stooge

* * *

tonto
◊ -ta adjetivo

1
a) [SER] ( falto de inteligencia) stupid, dumb (colloq);

( ingenuo) silly
b) [ESTAR] ( intratable) difficult, silly;

( disgustado) upset
2 ‹excusa/error/historia› silly
■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( falto de inteligencia) idiot, dummy (colloq);
( ingenuo) idiot, fool;
◊ hacer el tonto ( hacer payasadas) to play o act the fool;

( actuar con necedad) to make a fool of oneself;
◊ hacerse el tonto to act dumb

tonto,-a
I adjetivo silly, familiar dumb: ¿cómo pude ser tan tonto?, how could I be so stupid?
fue lo bastante tonto como para decirle la verdad, he was foolish enough to tell him the truth
una observación tonta, a trivial remark
II sustantivo masculino y femenino fool, idiot, familiar dummy
hacer el tonto, to play the fool
hacerse el tonto, to play dumb
tonto de remate, prize idiot

' tonto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bobalicón
- bobalicona
- boluda
- boludo
- burrada
- capirote
- definitivamente
- fatua
- fatuo
- hacer
- hombre
- manteca
- pelo
- perdida
- perdido
- remate
- simple
- tarugo
- todavía
- tonta
- tratar
- asno
- baboso
- gana
- ganso
- huevón
- idiota
- imbécil
- lelo
- lerdo
- mongólico
- necio
- pavo
- pendejo
- salame
- soquete
- tontear
- tontería
- zanahoria
English:
act
- asinine
- clot
- clown around
- dim
- do
- dozy
- dumb
- fool
- goof
- help
- idiotic
- lark about
- lark around
- mess about
- mess around
- muck about
- muck around
- need
- play
- prize
- silly
- soft-headed
- such
- thing
- daft
- foolish
- kind
- know
- stupid
- that

* * *

tonto, -a

♦ adj

1. [persona] [estúpido] stupid;
[menos fuerte] silly;
pero ¿seré tonto? otra vez me he vuelto a confundir I must be stupid or something, I've gone and got it wrong again;

nos toman por tontos they think we're idiots;

¿estás tonto? ¿para qué me pegas? don't be stupid! what are you hitting me for?;

no seas tonto, no hay por qué preocuparse don't be silly, there's no need to worry;

Comp

ser tonto de capirote o [m5] remate to be Br daft as a brush o US crazy as a loon;

Comp

ser más tonto que Abundio to be as thick as two short planks

2. [retrasado mental] dim, backward

3.
ponerse tonto [pesado, insistente] to be difficult;
[arrogante] to get awkward, Br to get stroppy
4. [sin sentido] [risa] mindless;
[esfuerzo] pointless;
fue una caída tonta it was so silly, falling over like that;

Comp

a lo tonto: lo perdí a lo tonto I stupidly lost it;

me tropecé a lo tonto I tripped over like an idiot;

me he ido haciendo con una extensa colección de sellos a lo tonto I've built up a sizeable stamp collection without hardly realizing it

♦ nm,f

idiot;

los listos y los tontos de la clase the bright ones and the dim ones in the class;

el tonto del pueblo the village idiot;

Comp

hacer el tonto [juguetear] to mess around;
[no actuar con inteligencia] to be stupid o foolish;
estoy haciendo el tonto intentando convencerle I'm wasting my time trying to convince him;

Comp

hacerse el tonto to act innocent;

Comp

a tontas y a locas without thinking

Comp
tonto útil useful idiot
* * *

tonto

I adj silly, foolish

II m, tonta f fool, idiot;

tonto del bote o

haba fam complete idiot;

tonto del pueblo village idiot;

hacer el tonto play the fool;

hacerse el tonto act dumb fam ;

a tontas y a locas in a slapdash way

* * *

tonto, -ta adj

1) : dumb, stupid

2) : silly

3)

a tontas y a locas : without thinking, haphazardly

tonto, -ta n

: fool, idiot

* * *

tonto¹ adj silly [comp. sillier; superl. silliest] / stupid [comp. stupider; superl. stupidest]

¡qué fallo más tonto! what a stupid mistake!

tonto² n fool / idiot

hacer el tonto to play the fool

Spanish-English dictionary > tonto
14 over

'əuvə
1. preposition
1) (higher than; above in position, number, authority etc: Hang that picture over the fireplace; He's over 90 years old.) sobre, encima de; más de

2) (from one side to another, on or above the top of; on the other side of: He jumped over the gate; She fell over the cat; My friend lives over the street.) sobre, encima; al otro lado de

3) (covering: He put his handkerchief over his face.) sobre

4) (across: You find people like him all over the world.) por(todo)

5) (about: a quarrel over money.) por, por motivos de, sobre

6) (by means of: He spoke to her over the telephone.) por

7) (during: Over the years, she grew to hate her husband.) durante, a través de, a lo largo de

8) (while having etc: He fell asleep over his dinner.) durante

2. adverb
1) (higher, moving etc above: The plane flew over about an hour ago.)

2) (used to show movement, change of position: He rolled over on his back; He turned over the page.)

3) (across: He went over and spoke to them.)

4) (downwards: He fell over.)

5) (higher in number etc: for people aged twenty and over.)

6) (remaining: There are two cakes for each of us, and two over.)

7) (through from beginning to end, carefully: Read it over; Talk it over between you.)

3. adjective
(finished: The affair is over now.) por encima

4. noun
((in cricket) a certain number of balls bowled from one end of the wicket: He bowled thirty overs in the match.) serie de seis lanzamientos

5. as part of a word
1) (too (much), as in overdo.) demasiado, extra, exceso de

2) (in a higher position, as in overhead.) por encima (de)

3) (covering, as in overcoat.) sobre

4) (down from an upright position, as in overturn.) hacia abajo

5) (completely, as in overcome.) completamente

•

- over again
- over all
- over and done with

over¹ adv

1. a casa

why don't you come over to see us? ¿por qué no vienes a casa a vernos?

2. acabado

the game is not over yet el partido aún no se ha acabado

3. de sobra

are there any strawberries over? ¿sobran fresas?

over and over again una y otra vez

over here aquí

bring it over here tráelo aquí

over there allí

sit over there siéntate allí over también combina con muchos verbos. Aquí tienes algunos ejemplos

she leant over and took the money se inclinó y cogió el dinero

she crossed over to the other side of the road cruzó la calle

I knocked the bottle over with my elbow tiré la botella con el codo

he fell over and broke his leg se cayó y se rompió la pierna

I'd like to think it over me gustaría pensármelo

over² prep

1. encima de / sobre

he jumped over the wall saltó por encima del muro

the plane flew over the houses el avión sobrevoló las casas

he went to sleep with a newspaper over his face se durmió con un periódico encima de la cara

2. más de

people over 65 las personas de más de 65 años / los mayores de 65 años

it cost over 100 dollars costó más de 100 dólares

all over por todo

all over the world por todo el mundo

over

tr['əʊvə^SMALLr/SMALL]

adverb

1 (down) diferentes traducciones

■ the boy fell over el niño se cayó

■ I knocked the glass over tiré la copa (de un golpe)

2 (from one side to another) diferentes traducciones

■ turn over the page dar la vuelta a la página

■ the car turned over el coche volcó

■ he bent over se inclinó

3 (across) diferentes traducciones

■ let's cross over crucemos al otro lado

■ we jumped over saltamos al otro lado

■ over here/there aquí/allí

■ why don't you come over to dinner? ¿por qué no vienes a cenar a casa?

■ she's over from Spain ha venido de España

4 (showing transfer) diferentes traducciones

■ he went over to the enemy se pasó al enemigo

■ she signed everything over to me lo puso todo a mi nombre

5 (everywhere, throughout) en todas partes

■ the lake is frozen over el lago está completamente helado

■ it's black all over está todo negro

■ she's travelled the world over ha viajado por todo el mundo

■ I ache all over me duele todo

6 (again) otra vez

■ I repeated the message over repetí el mensaje otra vez

■ let's start over (again) volvamos a empezar

■ over and over (again) repetidas veces, una y otra vez

7 (remaining) sobrante

■ are there any strawberries (left) over? ¿sobran fresas?, ¿quedan fresas?

■ did you have any money over? ¿te sobró algún dinero?

8 (too much) de más

■ it's 50 grams over pesa 50 gramos de más

9 (more) más; (older) mayor

■ a hundred people or over cien personas o más

■ children of twelve and over niños mayores de doce años

10 SMALLRADIO/SMALL (finished) corto

■ over and out! ¡corto y fuera!

preposition

1 (above, higher than) encima de

■ a sign over the door un letrero encima de la puerta

■ a plane flew over the area un avión sobrevoló la zona

2 (covering, on top of) sobre, encima de

■ he put his hand over his mouth se tapó la boca con la mano

■ I put a blanket over her feet le tapé los pies con una manta

■ he wore a jacket over his sweater llevaba una americana encima del jersey

3 (across) sobre; (on the other side of) al otro lado de

■ a bridge over the river Trent un puente sobre el río Trent

■ the shop over the road la tienda de enfrente

■ he lives over the border vive al otro lado de la frontera

4 (during) durante

■ over the past 25 years durante los últimos 25 años

■ we talked about it over lunch hablamos de ello durante la comida

5 (throughout) por

■ we travelled all over Italy viajamos por toda Italia

6 (by the agency of) por

■ over the radio por la radio

■ over the phone por teléfono

7 (more than) más de

■ she's over thirty tiene más de treinta años

8 (about) por

■ an argument over money una discusión por dinero

9 (recovered from) recuperado,-a de

■ he's over the flu se ha recuperado de la gripe

10 (indicating control) sobre; (superior) por encima de

■ she has control over the class controla la clase

■ he has only the managing director over him sólo tiene al director ejecutivo por encima de él

adjective

1 (ended) acabado,-a, terminado,-a

■ the game is over la partida ha acabado

noun

1 SMALLSPORT/SMALL (in cricket) serie de seis lanzamientos

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

over and above además de

to be over and done with haber acabado

over ['o:vər] adv

1) (indicating movement across)

he flew over to London: voló a Londres

come on over!: ¡ven acá!

2) (indicating an additional amount)

the show ran 10 minutes over: el espectáculo terminó 10 minutos de tarde

3) above, overhead: por encima

4) again: otra vez, de nuevo

over and over: una y otra vez

to start over: volver a empezar

5)

all over everywhere: por todas partes

6)

to fall over : caerse

7)

to turn over : poner boca abajo, voltear

over adj

1) higher, upper: superior

2) remaining: sobrante, que sobra

3) ended: terminado, acabado

the work is over: el trabajo está terminado

over prep

1) above: encima de, arriba de, sobre

over the fireplace: encima de la chimenea

the hawk flew over the hills: el halcón voló sobre los cerros

2) : más de

over $50: más de $50

3) along: por, sobre

to glide over the ice: deslizarse sobre el hielo

4) (indicating motion through a place or thing)

they showed me over the house: me mostraron la casa

5) across: por encima de, sobre

he jumped over the ditch: saltó por encima de la zanja

6) upon: sobre

a cape over my shoulders: una capa sobre los hombros

7) on: por

to speak over the telephone: hablar por teléfono

8) during: en, durante

over the past 25 years: durante los últimos 25 años

9) because of: por

they fought over the money: se pelearon por el dinero

over (Radio communication)

expr.

• cambio expr.

adj.

• concluido, -a adj.

adv.

• al otro lado adv.

• encima adv.

• encima de adv.

• por encima adv.

prep.

• durante prep.

• encima de prep.

• más de prep.

• por prep.

• sobre prep.

II

1) preposition

Sense I

2) ( across)

he jumped over the fence — saltó (por encima de) la valla

they built a bridge over the river — construyeron un puente sobre el río

she peered over his shoulder — atisbó por encima de su hombro

to sling something over one's shoulder — colgarse* algo del hombro

they live over the road — (BrE) viven en frente

3)

a) ( above) encima de

the portrait hangs over the fireplace — el retrato está colgado encima de or (AmL tb) arriba de la chimenea

a cold front over the Atlantic — un frente frío sobre el Atlántico

b) ( Math) sobre

4) (covering, on)

there are grilles over the windows — hay rejas en las ventanas

snow was falling over the countryside — nevaba sobre la campiña

my room looks out over the square — mi habitación da a la plaza

he pulled his hat down over his eyes — se encasquetó el sombrero tapándose los ojos

he put a coat on over his pajamas — se puso un abrigo encima del pijama

she hit me over the head with her stick — me dio con el bastón en la cabeza

5)

a) (through, all around)

to show somebody over a building/an estate — mostrarle* or (esp Esp) enseñarle un edificio/una finca a alguien

over an area of 50km² — en un área de 50km²

I've been over the details with her — he repasado los detalles con ella

we've been over and over what happened — hemos vuelto una y otra vez sobre lo que sucedió

b) (referring to experiences, illnesses)

is she over her measles yet? — ¿ya se ha repuesto del sarampión?

we're over the worst now — ya hemos pasado lo peor

he isn't over her yet — todavía la quiere

6) (during, in the course of)

over the past/next few years — en or durante los últimos/próximos años

we can discuss it over lunch — podemos hablarlo mientras comemos

we'll be in Italy over the summer — pasaremos el verano en Italia

spread (out) over a six-week period — a lo largo de seis semanas, en un plazo de seis semanas

7) ( by the medium of) por

over the loudspeaker — por el altavoz

8) (about, on account of)

to cry over something — llorar por algo

they argued over money — discutieron por asuntos de dinero

9) all over

a) ( over entire surface of)

there are black marks all over the floor — hay marcas negras por todo el suelo

to be all over somebody — (colloq) ( defeat heavily) darle* una paliza a alguien (fam); ( be demonstrative toward)

they were all over each other — estaban de lo más acaramelados (fam)

b) ( throughout)

all over town — por toda la ciudad

I've been all over the place looking for you — te he estado buscando por todas partes

Sense II

10)

a) ( more than) más de

think of a number over 10 — piensa en un número mayor de or que 10

b)

over and above — ( in addition to) además de

11)

a) ( senior to) por encima de

b) ( indicating superiority) sobre

to have control over somebody/something — tener* control sobre alguien/algo

12) ( in comparison to)

sales are up 20% over last year — las ventas han aumentado un 20% con respecto al año pasado

she has one great advantage over her rivals — tiene una gran ventaja sobre sus rivales

III

noun ( in cricket) over m ( serie de seis lanzamientos)

['ǝʊvǝ(r)] When over is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg come over, go over, start over, turn over, look up the verb.
1. ADVERB

1) (=across) por encima, por arriba (LAm)

this one goes under and that one goes over — este pasa por debajo y ese por encima

2) (=here, there)

I'll be over at 7 o'clock — estaré ahí a las 7

they're over for the day — han venido a pasar el día

when you're next over this way — la próxima vez que pases por aquí
With prepositions and adverbs [over] is usually not translated
• they're over from Canada for the summer — han venido desde Canadá a pasar el verano

• over here — aquí

how long have you lived over here? — ¿cuánto tiempo llevas viviendo aquí?

when you're next over here — la próxima vez que vengas

• he's over in the States at the moment — en este momento está en Estados Unidos

over in the States, people reacted differently — (allí) en Estados Unidos la gente reaccionó de otra manera

• it's over on the other side of town — está al otro lado de la ciudad

• over there — allí

how long were you over there? — ¿cuánto tiempo estuviste allí?

the next time you're over there — la próxima vez que vayas (allí)

• the baby crawled over to its mother — el bebé gateó hacia su madre

to drive over to the other side of town — ir en coche al otro lado de la ciudad

over to you! — (to speak) ¡te paso la palabra!

so now it's over to you — (to decide) así que ahora te toca a ti decidir

now over to our Paris correspondent — ahora damos paso a nuestro corresponsal en París

3) (indicating repetition)

• it happened all over again — volvió a ocurrir, ocurrió otra vez

to start (all) over again — volver a empezar

• over and over (again) — repetidas veces, una y otra vez

• several times over — varias veces seguidas

we did it two or three times over — lo volvimos a hacer dos o tres veces

4) (US) (=again) otra vez

to do sth over — volver a hacer algo, hacer algo otra vez

5) (=remaining)

there are three (left) over — sobran or quedan tres

there were two slices each and one (left) over — había dos rebanadas para cada uno y sobraba una

is there any cake left over? — ¿queda or sobra (algo de) pastel?

when they've paid the bills there's nothing (left) over for luxuries — después de pagar las facturas no les sobra or queda nada para caprichos

4 into 29 goes 7 and 1 over — 29 dividido entre 4 son 7 y me llevo 1

6) (=more)

• sums of £50,000 and over — cantidades iguales or superiores a 50.000 libras

persons of 21 and over — las personas de veintiún años para arriba

7) (Telec)

over! — ¡cambio!

over and out! — ¡cambio y corto!

8) (in set expressions)

• over against — (lit) contra; (fig) frente a

over against the wall — contra la pared

the importance of faith over against good works — la importancia de la fe frente a las buenas obras

• the (whole) world over — en or por todo el mundo, en el mundo entero

2. PREPOSITION

1) (indicating position) (=situated above) encima de, arriba de (LAm); (=across) por encima de, por arriba de (LAm)

there's a mirror over the washbasin — encima del lavabo hay un espejo

a washbasin with a mirror over it — un lavabo con un espejo encima

the water came over his knees — el agua le llegaba por encima de las rodillas

the ball went over the wall — la pelota pasó por encima del muro

to jump over sth — saltar por encima de algo

the bridge over the river — el puente sobre el río

• pour some sauce over it — échale un poco de salsa por encima

• I put a blanket over her — le eché una manta por encima

she put an apron on over her dress — se puso un delantal encima del vestido

• to spread a sheet over sth — extender una sábana sobre or por encima de algo
all 3., 2), head 1., 1), hill 1.
2) (=superior to)

he's over me (in the company) — está por encima mío (en la empresa)

3) (=on the other side of)

the bar over the road — el bar de enfrente

it's over the river — está en la otra orilla del río

the noise came from over the wall — el ruido venía del otro lado de la pared

over the page — en la página siguiente

4) (=more than) más de

over two hundred — más de doscientos

well over 200 people — bastante más de 200 personas

he must be over 60 — debe de tener más de 60 años

(the) over-18s — los mayores de 18 años

an increase of 5% over last year — un aumento del 5 por ciento respecto al año pasado

• spending has gone up by 7% over and above inflation — el gasto ha aumentado un 7% por encima de la inflación

this was over and above his normal duties — eso iba más allá de sus deberes habituales

over and above normal requirements — además de los requisitos normales

yes, but over and above that, we must... — sí, pero además de eso, debemos...

over and above the fact that... — además de que...
well II, 1., 2), a)
5) (=during) durante

over the last few years — durante los últimos años

payments spread over some years — pagos espaciados durante varios años

over Christmas — durante las Navidades

over the winter — durante or en el invierno

why don't we discuss it over dinner? — ¿por qué no vamos a cenar y lo hablamos?

they talked over a cup of coffee — hablaron mientras se tomaban un café

how long will you be over it? — ¿cuánto tiempo te va a llevar?

he took or spent hours over the preparations — dedicó muchas horas a los preparativos
linger
6) (=because of) por

to cry over sth — llorar por algo

they fell out over money — se pelearon por una cuestión de dinero

7) (=about) sobre

the two sides disagreed over how much should be spent — ambas partes discrepaban sobre cuánto debería gastarse

8) (=recovered from)

he's not over that yet — (illness) todavía no se ha repuesto de aquello; (shock) todavía no se ha repuesto de or sobrepuesto a aquello

she's over it now — (illness) se ha repuesto de eso ya

it'll take her years to get over it — (shock) tardará años en sobreponerse

I hope you'll soon be over your cold — espero que se te pase pronto el resfriado, espero que te repongas pronto del resfriado

she's still not over her last boyfriend — aún no ha olvidado a su último novio

we're over the worst now — ya pasó lo peor

9) (indicating means of communication) por

over the telephone — por teléfono

over the loudspeaker — por los altavoces

I heard it over the radio — lo escuché or oí por la radio

10) (=contrasted with)

the issue of quality over economy — la cuestión de la calidad en contraposición a la rentabilidad

3.

ADJECTIVE (=finished)

when or after the war is over, we'll go... — cuando (se) acabe la guerra, nos iremos...

I'll be happy when the exams are over — seré feliz cuando (se) hayan acabado or terminado los exámenes

our troubles are over — (se) han acabado nuestros problemas

the danger was soon over — el peligro pasó pronto

• it's all over — se acabó

it's all over between us — lo nuestro se acabó

• I'll be glad when it's all over and done with — estaré contento cuando todo (se) haya acabado or terminado

for us the incident was over and done with — nosotros dábamos el incidente por zanjado

to get sth over and done with: if we've got to tell her, best get it over and done with — si tenemos que decírselo, cuanto antes (lo hagamos) mejor

4.

NOUN (Cricket) serie f de seis lanzamientos

* * *

II

1) preposition

Sense I

2) ( across)

he jumped over the fence — saltó (por encima de) la valla

they built a bridge over the river — construyeron un puente sobre el río

she peered over his shoulder — atisbó por encima de su hombro

to sling something over one's shoulder — colgarse* algo del hombro

they live over the road — (BrE) viven en frente

3)

a) ( above) encima de

the portrait hangs over the fireplace — el retrato está colgado encima de or (AmL tb) arriba de la chimenea

a cold front over the Atlantic — un frente frío sobre el Atlántico

b) ( Math) sobre

4) (covering, on)

there are grilles over the windows — hay rejas en las ventanas

snow was falling over the countryside — nevaba sobre la campiña

my room looks out over the square — mi habitación da a la plaza

he pulled his hat down over his eyes — se encasquetó el sombrero tapándose los ojos

he put a coat on over his pajamas — se puso un abrigo encima del pijama

she hit me over the head with her stick — me dio con el bastón en la cabeza

5)

a) (through, all around)

to show somebody over a building/an estate — mostrarle* or (esp Esp) enseñarle un edificio/una finca a alguien

over an area of 50km² — en un área de 50km²

I've been over the details with her — he repasado los detalles con ella

we've been over and over what happened — hemos vuelto una y otra vez sobre lo que sucedió

b) (referring to experiences, illnesses)

is she over her measles yet? — ¿ya se ha repuesto del sarampión?

we're over the worst now — ya hemos pasado lo peor

he isn't over her yet — todavía la quiere

6) (during, in the course of)

over the past/next few years — en or durante los últimos/próximos años

we can discuss it over lunch — podemos hablarlo mientras comemos

we'll be in Italy over the summer — pasaremos el verano en Italia

spread (out) over a six-week period — a lo largo de seis semanas, en un plazo de seis semanas

7) ( by the medium of) por

over the loudspeaker — por el altavoz

8) (about, on account of)

to cry over something — llorar por algo

they argued over money — discutieron por asuntos de dinero

9) all over

a) ( over entire surface of)

there are black marks all over the floor — hay marcas negras por todo el suelo

to be all over somebody — (colloq) ( defeat heavily) darle* una paliza a alguien (fam); ( be demonstrative toward)

they were all over each other — estaban de lo más acaramelados (fam)

b) ( throughout)

all over town — por toda la ciudad

I've been all over the place looking for you — te he estado buscando por todas partes

Sense II

10)

a) ( more than) más de

think of a number over 10 — piensa en un número mayor de or que 10

b)

over and above — ( in addition to) además de

11)

a) ( senior to) por encima de

b) ( indicating superiority) sobre

to have control over somebody/something — tener* control sobre alguien/algo

12) ( in comparison to)

sales are up 20% over last year — las ventas han aumentado un 20% con respecto al año pasado

she has one great advantage over her rivals — tiene una gran ventaja sobre sus rivales

III

noun ( in cricket) over m ( serie de seis lanzamientos)

English-spanish dictionary > over
15 empezar

v.

to begin, to start.

empezó la conferencia dando la bienvenida a los asistentes she began o started her speech by welcoming everyone there

empezaron otra botella de vino they started o opened another bottle of wine

la clase empieza a las diez the class begins o starts at ten o'clock

¡no empieces!, ¡ya hemos discutido este tema lo suficiente! don't you start, we've spent long enough on this subject already!

al empezar la reunión when the meeting started o began

empezar a hacer algo to begin o start to do something

empezar por hacer algo to begin o start by doing something

para empezar to begin o start with

Ricardo empezó la fiesta tarde Richard began the party late.

La fiesta empezó tarde The party began late.

Ricardo empezó el crucigrama Richard started the crossword puzzle.

* * *

EMPEZAR

CONJUGACIÓN

(e changes to ie in stressed syllables and z changes to c before e)

Present Indicative

empiezo, empiezas, empieza, empezamos, empezáis, empiezan.

Past ind

empecé, empezaste, empezó, empezamos, empezasteis, empezaron.

Present Subjunctive

empiece, empieces, empiece, empecemos, empecéis, empiecen.

Imperative

empieza (tú), empiece (él/Vd.), empecemos (nos.), empezad (vos.), empiecen (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

to begin, start

* * *

1. VI

1) (=comenzar) [gen] to start, begin; [en un puesto de trabajo] to start

el curso empieza en octubre — the course starts o begins in October

el año ha empezado mal — the year got off to a bad start, the year started o began badly

antes de empezar, os recordaré que... — before we start o begin, I'd like to remind you that...

al empezar el año — at the start o beginning of the year

¿cuándo empieza el nuevo cocinero? — when does the new cook start?

empecé de ayudante — I started as an assistant

¡no empieces! — * don't you start! *

• para empezar — to start with, begin with

para empezar quisiera agradecerte tu presencia entre nosotros — I would like to start o begin by thanking you for being with us, to start o begin with, I would like to thank you for being with us

- todo es cuestión de empezar

2)

• empezar a hacer algo — [gen] to start o begin to do sth, start o begin doing sth; [en un trabajo] to start to do o doing sth

empezó a llover — it started o began to rain, it started o began raining

la película me está empezando a aburrir — the film is starting o beginning to bore me

ya empiezo a entrar en calor — I'm starting o beginning to feel warm now

empiezo a trabajar en octubre — I start work in October

3)

• empezar haciendo algo — to begin o start by doing sth

empezaremos pidiendo ayuda — we'll start o begin by asking for help

la canción empieza diciendo que... — the song begins o starts by saying that...

4)

• empezar con algo — [película, curso, año] to start o begin with sth

la novela empieza con una referencia a Sartre — the novel starts o begins with a reference to Sartre

empezamos con cerveza y acabamos con vino — we started on o began with beer and ended up on wine

¿cuándo empezáis con las clases de inglés? — when do you start your English classes?

¡no empieces otra vez con lo mismo! — don't start on that again!

5)

• empezar por algo/algn — to start with sth/sb, begin with sth/sb

empezaré por la cocina — I'll start o begin with the kitchen

"huelga" empieza por hache — "huelga" starts o begins with (an) h

no sé por dónde empezar — I don't know where to start o begin

la carcoma empezó por las patas del armario — the woodworm started in the legs of the wardrobe

ya podías haber empezado por ahí — why couldn't you have said that at the beginning o at the start?

empezar por hacer algo — to start by doing sth, begin by doing sth

2.

VT [+ actividad, temporada] to start, begin; [+ botella, jamón] to start

hemos empezado mal la semana — the week got off to a bad start for us, the week started badly for us

el queso está ya empezado — the cheese has already been started

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1) película/conferencia/invierno to begin, start

al empezar el siglo — at the turn of the century

ya han empezado los fríos — the cold weather has arrived o started

empezar a + inf — to start to + inf, start -ing

empezó a nevar — it started to snow o snowing

me empezó a entrar hambre — I began o started to feel hungry

2) persona to start

empezar de nuevo or volver a empezar — to start again

todo es (cuestión de) empezar — it'll be fine once we/you get started

ya empezamos otra vez! — here we go again!

no sé por dónde empezar — I don't know where to begin

vamos a empezar por ti — let's start with you

empezar a + inf — to start -ing, start to + inf

empezó a llorar — he began o started to cry

empezar + ger — to start by -ing

empezó diciendo que... — she started o began by saying that...

empezó trabajando de mecánico — he started out as a mechanic

empezar por + inf — to start o begin by -ing

empecemos por estudiar el contexto histórico — let's begin o start by looking at the historical context

3)

para empezar — first of all, to start with
2.
empezar vt

1) <tarea/actividad> to start

2) <frasco/mermelada> to start, open

* * *

= begin, get + started, start, start off, kick off, set out, get + Nombre + underway, get + Posesivo + feet wet, set in, cut + Posesivo + spurs, commence.

Ex. This section has begun to demonstrate some of the problems associated with the author approach.

Ex. 'We'll get started as soon as everyone arrives,' the executive director shook her hand and smiled graciously.

Ex. Over the past two to three years the numbers of full text data bases and data banks has started to escalate considerably.

Ex. If you establish a principle of using the national language, where do you start off?.

Ex. The article is entitled 'The bucks start here: ALA kicks off library funding campaign'.

Ex. The person seeking information needs to have all the necessary documentation before setting out, otherwise it could result in considerable expense and much time wasting.

Ex. The author describes two surveys which the IFLA Section has been involved in to acquire the information necessary to get the project underway.

Ex. Coming clean to voters is something she's gonna have to get used to if she is really serious about getting her feet wet in elected politics.

Ex. Open or compound fractures were usually fatal prior to the advent of antiseptics in the 1860s because infection would set in.

Ex. Lorene, who cut her spurs fighting for equal pay, said she was `absolutely gobsmacked' at having won the award.

Ex. This stop list is input to the computer before indexing can commence, and is a list of the words which appear in text which have no value as access words in an index.

----

* acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* al empezar = first off.

* bomba de relojería + empezar la cuenta atrás = time bomb + tick away.

* empezar a = be on + Posesivo + way to.

* empezar a acabarse = run + low (on).

* empezar a actuar = swing into + action.

* empezar a arder = catch + fire, catch on + fire.

* empezar a caer en picado = hit + the skids, be on the skids.

* empezar a calar en = grow on/upon + Pronombre.

* empezar a comprender = grow on/upon + Pronombre.

* empezar a dar carcajadas = burst into + a fit of laughter, burst into + side-splitting laughter.

* empezar a darse cuenta de = grow on/upon + Pronombre.

* empezar a debatir = embark on/upon + discussion.

* empezar a deteriorarse = hit + the skids, be on the skids.

* empezar a diluviar = the skies + open up.

* empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids, be on the skids.

* empezar a faltar = be in short supply, be at a premium.

* empezar a fumar = take up + smoking.

* empezar a funcionar = become + operational, get off + the ground, get + rolling, get + things going, get + things rolling, go + live, get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling.

* empezar a gustar la idea = warm up to + the idea.

* empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* empezar a imprimir = go to + press.

* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.

* empezar a irse al garete = hit + the skids, be on the skids.

* empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.

* empezar Algo = get + Nombre + started.

* empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.

* empezar a mejorar = turn + a corner, take + a turn, take + a turn for the better.

* empezar a pensar en = turn + Posesivo + mind to.

* empezar a reírse a carcajadas = burst into + a fit of laughter, burst into + side-splitting laughter.

* empezar a resquebrajarse = develop + cracks.

* empezar a saltar las lágrimas = eyes + start to well up with tears, eyes + start to well up.

* empezar a sudar por el esfuerzo = work up + a sweat, work up + a lather.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* empezar a trabajar = take + job.

* empezar a tratar = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.

* empezar a utilizarse = come into + use.

* empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.

* empezar de cero = start at + ground zero.

* empezar de nuevo = a fresh start, start over, make + a fresh start.

* empezar desde = work from, set out from.

* empezar desde cero = start at + ground zero.

* empezar desde la base = start at + ground zero.

* empezar la casa por el tejado = tail wagging the dog.

* empezar lento = be slow off the mark, be slow off the blocks.

* empezar por el final = work back from.

* empezar por el principio = start from + scratch, start at + ground zero.

* empezar por lo más difícil = plunge in at + the deep end.

* empezar rápido = be quick off the mark, be quick off the blocks.

* empezar una nueva etapa en la vida = turn over + a new page, turn over + a new leaf.

* enseñanza antes de empezar el trabajo = pre-service education.

* hay que empezar por el principio = first things must come first.

* bebé que empieza a andar = toddler.

* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.

* terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.

* una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.

* volver a empezar = return to + the drawing boards, back to the drawing board, a fresh start, start over, go back to + square one, be back to square one.

* volver a empezar de cero = be back to square one, go back to + square one.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1) película/conferencia/invierno to begin, start

al empezar el siglo — at the turn of the century

ya han empezado los fríos — the cold weather has arrived o started

empezar a + inf — to start to + inf, start -ing

empezó a nevar — it started to snow o snowing

me empezó a entrar hambre — I began o started to feel hungry

2) persona to start

empezar de nuevo or volver a empezar — to start again

todo es (cuestión de) empezar — it'll be fine once we/you get started

ya empezamos otra vez! — here we go again!

no sé por dónde empezar — I don't know where to begin

vamos a empezar por ti — let's start with you

empezar a + inf — to start -ing, start to + inf

empezó a llorar — he began o started to cry

empezar + ger — to start by -ing

empezó diciendo que... — she started o began by saying that...

empezó trabajando de mecánico — he started out as a mechanic

empezar por + inf — to start o begin by -ing

empecemos por estudiar el contexto histórico — let's begin o start by looking at the historical context

3)

para empezar — first of all, to start with
2.
empezar vt

1) <tarea/actividad> to start

2) <frasco/mermelada> to start, open

* * *

= begin, get + started, start, start off, kick off, set out, get + Nombre + underway, get + Posesivo + feet wet, set in, cut + Posesivo + spurs, commence.

Ex: This section has begun to demonstrate some of the problems associated with the author approach.

Ex: 'We'll get started as soon as everyone arrives,' the executive director shook her hand and smiled graciously.

Ex: Over the past two to three years the numbers of full text data bases and data banks has started to escalate considerably.

Ex: If you establish a principle of using the national language, where do you start off?.

Ex: The article is entitled 'The bucks start here: ALA kicks off library funding campaign'.

Ex: The person seeking information needs to have all the necessary documentation before setting out, otherwise it could result in considerable expense and much time wasting.

Ex: The author describes two surveys which the IFLA Section has been involved in to acquire the information necessary to get the project underway.

Ex: Coming clean to voters is something she's gonna have to get used to if she is really serious about getting her feet wet in elected politics.

Ex: Open or compound fractures were usually fatal prior to the advent of antiseptics in the 1860s because infection would set in.

Ex: Lorene, who cut her spurs fighting for equal pay, said she was `absolutely gobsmacked' at having won the award.

Ex: This stop list is input to the computer before indexing can commence, and is a list of the words which appear in text which have no value as access words in an index.

* acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* al empezar = first off.

* bomba de relojería + empezar la cuenta atrás = time bomb + tick away.

* empezar a = be on + Posesivo + way to.

* empezar a acabarse = run + low (on).

* empezar a actuar = swing into + action.

* empezar a arder = catch + fire, catch on + fire.

* empezar a caer en picado = hit + the skids, be on the skids.

* empezar a calar en = grow on/upon + Pronombre.

* empezar a comprender = grow on/upon + Pronombre.

* empezar a dar carcajadas = burst into + a fit of laughter, burst into + side-splitting laughter.

* empezar a darse cuenta de = grow on/upon + Pronombre.

* empezar a debatir = embark on/upon + discussion.

* empezar a deteriorarse = hit + the skids, be on the skids.

* empezar a diluviar = the skies + open up.

* empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids, be on the skids.

* empezar a faltar = be in short supply, be at a premium.

* empezar a fumar = take up + smoking.

* empezar a funcionar = become + operational, get off + the ground, get + rolling, get + things going, get + things rolling, go + live, get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling.

* empezar a gustar la idea = warm up to + the idea.

* empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* empezar a imprimir = go to + press.

* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.

* empezar a irse al garete = hit + the skids, be on the skids.

* empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.

* empezar Algo = get + Nombre + started.

* empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.

* empezar a mejorar = turn + a corner, take + a turn, take + a turn for the better.

* empezar a pensar en = turn + Posesivo + mind to.

* empezar a reírse a carcajadas = burst into + a fit of laughter, burst into + side-splitting laughter.

* empezar a resquebrajarse = develop + cracks.

* empezar a saltar las lágrimas = eyes + start to well up with tears, eyes + start to well up.

* empezar a sudar por el esfuerzo = work up + a sweat, work up + a lather.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* empezar a trabajar = take + job.

* empezar a tratar = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.

* empezar a utilizarse = come into + use.

* empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.

* empezar de cero = start at + ground zero.

* empezar de nuevo = a fresh start, start over, make + a fresh start.

* empezar desde = work from, set out from.

* empezar desde cero = start at + ground zero.

* empezar desde la base = start at + ground zero.

* empezar la casa por el tejado = tail wagging the dog.

* empezar lento = be slow off the mark, be slow off the blocks.

* empezar por el final = work back from.

* empezar por el principio = start from + scratch, start at + ground zero.

* empezar por lo más difícil = plunge in at + the deep end.

* empezar rápido = be quick off the mark, be quick off the blocks.

* empezar una nueva etapa en la vida = turn over + a new page, turn over + a new leaf.

* enseñanza antes de empezar el trabajo = pre-service education.

* hay que empezar por el principio = first things must come first.

* bebé que empieza a andar = toddler.

* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.

* terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.

* una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.

* volver a empezar = return to + the drawing boards, back to the drawing board, a fresh start, start over, go back to + square one, be back to square one.

* volver a empezar de cero = be back to square one, go back to + square one.

* * *

empezar [A6 ]

vi

A

1 «película/conferencia/invierno» to begin, start

el curso empieza el 16 the course begins o ( frml) commences on the 16th

¿con qué letra empieza? what is the first letter?, what letter does it begin with?

al empezar el siglo at the turn of the century

ya han empezado los fríos the cold weather has arrived o started

2 empezar A + INF to start to + INF, start -ING

ha empezado a nevar it has started snowing, it has started to snow

le empezó a entrar hambre she began o started to feel hungry

empezó a hervir it began boiling o to boil, it came to the boil, it started boiling o to boil

le han empezado a salir espinillas she's getting o starting to get pimples

empieza a ser imposible conseguirlo it is becoming impossible to get it

B «persona»

1 (en una actividad) to start

¿cuándo empieza la nueva secretaria? when is the new secretary starting?, when does the new secretary start?

empezó de aprendiz he started o began as an apprentice

tendremos que empezar de nuevo or volver a empezar we'll have to start again

todo es (cuestión de) empezar it'll be fine once we/you get started

¡ya empezamos otra vez! here we go again!

empezar POR algo/algn:

empecemos por el principio let's begin o start at the beginning

empezó por la pared del fondo he started o began with the back wall

no sabe por dónde empezar she doesn't know where to begin o start

vamos a empezar por ti let's start with you

2 empezar A + INF to start -ING, start to + INF

cuando empezó a hablar se le fueron los nervios once she started o began talking, her nervousness disappeared

tenía dos años cuando empezó a hablar she started talking when she was two

empezó a llorar he began o started to cry

3 empezar + GER to start BY -ING

empezó diciendo que sería breve she started o began by saying that she would be brief

empezó trabajando de mecánico he started by working as a mechanic, he started out as a mechanic

4 empezar POR + INF to start o begin BY -ING

empieza por sentarte begin o start by taking a seat, take a seat first

se empieza por marinar la carne first marinade the meat

empecemos por estudiar el contexto histórico let's begin o start by looking at the historical context

C

para empezar: para empezar, me parece un disparate for a start o for one thing, I think it's a ridiculous idea

para empezar, ¿quién te dio permiso para leer mi correspondencia? who gave you permission to read my letters anyway?

para empezar, hay que limpiar la superficie first of all o to start with, you have to clean the surface

■ empezar

vt

A ‹tarea/actividad› to start

se debe empezar el día con un buen desayuno you should start o begin the day with a good breakfast

¿ya empezaste el tercer capítulo? have you started chapter three yet?

B ‹frasco/lata/mermelada› to start, open

no empieces otra botella don't start o open another bottle

¿podemos empezar este jamón? can we start on this ham?

* * *

empezar ( conjugate empezar) verbo intransitivo
1 [película/conferencia/invierno] to begin, start;
◊ empezó a nevar it started to snow o snowing

2 [ persona] to start;
◊ volver a empezar to start again;

todo es cuestión de empezar it'll be fine once we/you get started;
no sé por dónde empezar I don't know where to begin;
vamos a empezar por ti let's start with you;
empezar a hacer algo to start doing sth, start to do sth;
empezó diciendo que … she started o began by saying that …;
empezó trabajando de mecánico he started out as a mechanic;
empecemos por estudiar el contexto histórico let's begin o start by looking at the historical context
3
◊ para empezar first of all, to start with

verbo transitivo
a) ‹tarea/actividad› to start

b) ‹frasco/mermelada› to start, open

empezar verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo
1 (dar principio a una actividad) to begin, start: aún no hemos empezado a comer, we still haven't started to eat
para empezar, first of all: para empezar, eso que dices no es cierto, to begin with what you're saying is just not true
no empieces con tus tonterías, don't start being stupid again
2 (un paquete, una caja) to open, start: la caja de galletas está sin empezar, the box of biscuits hasn't been opened yet
3 (tener principio) to start: la película empieza a las diez, the film starts at ten o'clock ➣ Ver nota en begin y start
♦ Locuciones: ya empezamos, here we go again
' empezar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
adormecerse
- arrancar
- cada
- cobrar
- compilación
- echar
- echarse
- ponerse
- pronta
- pronto
- romper
- soltarse
- trabar
- vaya
- volver
- ya
- a
- aclarar
- cero
- empiece
- entrar
- incendiar
- largar
- poner
English:
begin
- branch out
- clean up
- cotton on
- daunt
- fail
- flying
- get
- grow
- impatient
- kick off
- nervous
- open
- pipe up
- place
- set off
- spring
- square
- start
- start off
- start up
- strike up
- take off
- take up
- thing
- turn
- afresh
- beginning
- ground
- into
- keen
- kick
- originate
- over
- rampage
- roll
- scratch
- strike
- suppose
- undone

* * *

empezar

♦ vt

to begin, to start;

empezó la conferencia dando la bienvenida a los asistentes she began o started her speech by welcoming everyone there;

todavía no hemos empezado el colegio we still haven't started school;

empecé el libro, pero no lo conseguí acabar I started (reading) the book, but didn't manage to finish it;

hemos empezado la tarta we've started the cake;

empezaron otra botella de vino they started o opened another bottle of wine

♦ vi

to begin, to start (a/por to/by);
la clase empieza a las diez the class begins o starts at ten o'clock;

¿a qué hora empieza el partido? what time does the game start?;

el concierto empezó tarde the concert started late;

la película empieza con una escena muy violenta the film begins with a very violent scene;

tuvieron que empezar de nuevo they had to start again;

el aprender a nadar, todo es empezar with swimming, getting started is half the battle;

¡no empieces!, ¡ya hemos discutido este tema lo suficiente! don't you start, we've spent long enough on this subject already!;

¡ya empezamos con el vecino y su música! here we go again with our neighbour and his music!;

al empezar la reunión when the meeting started o began;

al empezar resulta un poco difícil it's quite hard at first o to begin with;

en noviembre empezó a hacer frío it started getting colder in November;

empezó pidiendo disculpas por su retraso she started o began by apologizing for being late;

empezar por: empieza por el salón, yo haré la cocina you start on the living-room, I'll do the kitchen;

empieza por aflojar los tornillos first, loosen the screws, start o begin by loosening the screws;

empieza por portarte bien, y ya hablaremos first you start behaving well, then we'll talk;

para empezar: para empezar, sopa I'd like soup for starters o to start with;

para empezar, habrá que comprar los billetes first of all o to start with, we'll have to buy the tickets;

no me gusta, para empezar, es demasiado pequeño I don't like it, it's too small to start with

* * *

empezar

I v/t start, begin

II v/i

1 start, begin;

empezar a hacer algo start to do sth, start doing sth;

empezar por hacer algo start o begin by doing sth;

empezar por alguien start with s.o.;

para empezar to begin with;

ya empezamos fam here we go again

* * *

empezar {29} v

comenzar: to start, to begin

* * *

empezar vb to start / to begin [pt. began; pp. begun]

he empezado a estudiar inglés I've started learning English

empezó a contarme la historia she began to tell me the story

Spanish-English dictionary > empezar
16 para

prep.

1 for.

es para ti it's for you

una mesa para el salón a table for the living room

esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink

te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand

¿para qué? what for?

2 (in order) to.

para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims

lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you

3 toward.

ir para casa to head (for) home

salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport

4 for (time).

tiene que estar acabado para mañana it has to be finished by o for tomorrow

diez para las once ten to eleven (Am salvo RP)

5 to.

la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served

el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win

pres.indicat.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: parar.

pres.subj.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: parir.

imperat.

2^nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: parar.

* * *

para

► preposición

1 (finalidad) for

■ he comprado un regalo para mi abuela I've bought a present for my grandmother

■ es para su cumpleaños it's for her birthday

2 (uso, utilidad) for

■ los cuchillos son para cortar, no para jugar con ellos knives are for cutting, not for playing with

■ ¿tienes algo para el dolor de cabeza? have you got anything for a headache?

3 (destino, dirección) for, to

■ salimos para Lugo el domingo we leave for Lugo on Sunday

■ el tren para Toledo sale a las 18.00 the train to Toledo leaves at 18.00

■ ¿para dónde vas? where are you going?

■ voy para allá inmediatamente I'll be there in a minute

4 (tiempo, fechas límites) by, before

■ lo necesito para el viernes I need it by Friday

■ la carretera estará acabada para antes del verano the road will be finished before the summer

5 (comparación) for

■ para los años que tiene está muy activa she's very active for her age

■ pesa poquísimo para lo grande que es it's very light for its size

► conjunción

1 (finalidad) to, in order to

■ lo hice para ahorrar tiempo I did it to save time

■ para estar sano es preciso comer bien in order to be healthy one must eat properly

2 (suficiente) enough

■ tal como nos han tratado es para no volver nunca más the way they treated us is enough to make you never go back there again

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

para entonces by then

para con towards, to

■ han sido muy injustos para con los empleados they have been very unfair to their employees

■ cumplió con sus obligaciones para con la iglesia he fulfilled his obligations to the church

para que so that

■ déjale una nota a tu madre para que sepa dónde estás leave your mother a note so that she knows where you are

■ cierra la puerta para que no entre el perro shut the door so that the dog doesn't get in

■ aún es pronto para que vuelvan it's still too early for them to be back

¿para qué? what for?

■ ¿para qué has comprado eso? what did you buy that for?

¡que para qué! familiar very, really, terribly

■ ¡hace un frío que para qué! it's freezing

■ ¡es más torpe que para qué! she's so clumsy!

* * *

prep.

1) for

2) to

3) towards

4) by

•

- para adelante
- para detrás
- para que
* * *
I
PREP

1) [indicando finalidad, uso] for

un regalo para ti — a present for you

psicológicamente no estoy preparado para eso — I'm not psychologically ready for that

es demasiado cara para nosotros — it's too dear for us, it's beyond our means

no tengo para el viaje — I haven't got enough money for the trip

léelo para ti — read it to yourself

nació para poeta — he was born to be a poet

ya no estoy para estos trotes — I'm not up to this sort of thing anymore

yo no valgo para esto — I'm no good at this

una taza para café — a coffee cup

laca para el pelo — hairspray

para esto, podíamos habernos quedado en casa — if this is it, we might as well have stayed at home

2)

para que —

a) + subjun

lo traje para que lo vieras — I brought it so (that) you could see it

es para que lo leas — it's for you to read

un regalo para que te acuerdes de mí — a present for you to remember me by

para que eso fuera posible tendrías que trabajar mucho — you would have to work hard for that to be possible

b) [en preguntas]

¿para qué lo quieres? — why do you want it?, what do you want it for?

¿para qué sirve? — what's it for?

-¿por qué no se lo dices? -¿para qué? — "why don't you tell her?" - "what's the point o use?"

tú ya has pasado por eso, ¿para qué te voy a contar? — you've already been through that, so there's no point o use me telling you

que para qué * —

tengo un hambre que para qué — [uso enfático] I'm absolutely starving *

hay un embotellamiento que para qué — there's a huge traffic jam

3) + infin

a) [indicando finalidad] to

lo hizo para salvarse — he did it (in order) to save himself

para comprarlo necesitas cinco dólares más — to buy it you need another five dollars

estoy ahorrando para comprarme una moto — I'm saving up to buy a motorbike, I'm saving up for a motorbike

entré despacito para no despertarla — I went in slowly so as not to wake her

no es para comer — it's not for eating, it's not to be eaten

tengo bastante para vivir — I have enough to live on

es muy tarde para salir — it's too late to go out

b) [indicando secuencia temporal]

se casaron para separarse en seguida — they married only to separate soon after

el rey visitará Argentina para volar después a Chile — the king will visit Argentina and then fly on to Chile

4) [con expresiones de tiempo]

con esto tengo para rato — this will take me a while

lo dejamos para mañana — let's leave it till tomorrow

tengo muchos deberes para mañana — I have a lot of homework to do for tomorrow

lo recordaré para siempre — I'll remember it forever

ahora para las vacaciones de agosto hará un año — it'll be a year ago this o come the August holiday

va para un año desde la última vez — it's getting on for a year since the last time

lo tendré listo para fin de mes — I'll have it ready by o for the end of the month

para entonces ya era tarde — it was already too late by then

para las dos estaba lloviendo — by two o'clock it was raining

un cuarto para las diez — LAm a quarter to ten

son cinco para las ocho — LAm it's five to eight

5) [indicando dirección]

para atrás — back, backwards

para la derecha — to the right

el autobús para Marbella — the bus for Marbella, the Marbella bus

iba para el metro — I was going towards the underground

ir para casa — to go home, head for home

salir para Panamá — to leave for Panama

6) [indicando opiniones]

para mí que miente — in my opinion o if you ask me he's lying

no hay niño feo para una madre — all mothers think their baby is beautiful

7) [en comparaciones]

es mucho para lo que suele dar — this is a lot in comparison with what he usually gives

¿quién es usted para gritarme así? — who are you to shout at me like that?

para profesor habla muy mal — he doesn't speak very clearly for a teacher

para ser un niño lo hace muy bien — he does it very well for a child

para patatas, las de mi pueblo — if it's potatoes you want, look no further than my home town

para ruidosos, los españoles — there's nobody like the Spaniards for being noisy

8) [indicando trato]

para con — to, towards

tan amable para con todos — so kind to o towards everybody
estar 1., 7), ir 1., 10) II
* SM paratrooper, para *

* * *

preposición

Sentido I

1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

una carta para él — a letter for him

¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

lee para ti — read to yourself

fue muy amable para con todos — he was very friendly to everyone

¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

no sirve para este trabajo — he's no good at this kind of work

¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

champú para bebés — baby shampoo

jarabe para la tos — cough mixture

que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

2)

para + inf — to + inf

para serte sincero — to tell you the truth

esta agua no es para beber — this isn't drinking water

está listo para pintar — it's ready to be painted o for painting

para aprobar — (in order) to pass

entró en puntillas para no despertarla — he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her

3)

para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

4) ( expresando consecuencia) to

para su desgracia — unfortunately for him

para mi sorpresa — (much) to my surprise

Sentido II

5) ( expresando suficiencia) for

no hay para todos — there isn't enough for everybody

no es para tanto — it's not that bad

para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

hace demasiado frío para salir — it's too cold to go out

son altos para su edad — they're tall for their age

para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

7)

estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

no estoy para bromas — I'm in no mood for joking

está para tirarla a la basura — it's only fit for throwing out

no está (como) para salir sin abrigo — it's not warm enough to go out without a coat

8) ( expresando puntos de vista)

para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

lo es todo para él — she's everything to him

¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

Sentido III

9)

a) ( indicando dirección)

salieron para el aeropuerto — they left for the airport

empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)

¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

tráelo para acá — bring it over here

córrete para atrás — move back

b) ( en sentido figurado)

ya vamos para viejos — we're getting old o getting on

va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

Sentido IV

10) ( en relaciones de tiempo)

a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

estará listo para el día 15 — it'll be ready by o for the 15th

deberes para el lunes — homework for Monday

faltan cinco minutos para que termine — there are five minutes to go before the end

me lo prometió para después de Pascua — he promised me it for after Easter

¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

estará listo para finales de agosto — it'll be ready sometime around the end of August

para entonces estaré en Madrid — I'll be in Madrid (by) then

¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

tengo hora para mañana — I have an appointment (for) tomorrow

b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to

son cinco para las diez — it's five to ten

11)

a) ( expresando duración)

para siempre — forever

tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

b) ( con idea de finalidad) for

¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

12) ( en secuencias de acciones)

se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

salió sólo para volver a entrar — he went out only to come in again

* * *

= for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.

Ex. For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.

Ex. This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.

Ex. The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.

Ex. Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.

Ex. It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.

Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex. A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.

Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex. Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.

Ex. The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.

Ex. Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.

Ex. This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.

Ex. In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.

Ex. The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.

Ex. The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.

Ex. The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.

Ex. Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.

----

* ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.

* para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.

* para actuar = for action.

* para alguna gente = to some people.

* para algunas personas = to some people.

* para algunos = to some.

* para aquel entonces = by then.

* para atraer al cliente = window dressing.

* para beneficio de = for the good of.

* para bien = for the best, for the better.

* para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.

* para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.

* para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.

* para bodas = bridal.

* para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].

* para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.

* para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.

* para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.

* para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para cuando = by the time.

* para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.

* para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* para detrimento de = to the neglect of.

* para diario = everyday.

* para disgusto de = to the disgust of.

* para divertirse = for kicks.

* para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para el año próximo = for the year ahead.

* para el arrastre = over the hill.

* para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.

* para el bien de = for the benefit of.

* para el caso = for that matter.

* para el esparcimiento = recreational.

* para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.

* para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.

* para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.

* para el ocio = recreational.

* para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.

* para embalsamar = embalming.

* para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.

* para entonces = by then.

* para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.

* para eso = therefor.

* para este fin = to this end.

* para esto = therefor.

* para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.

* para expresar dimensiones = by.

* para + Fecha = by + Fecha.

* para finales de = by the end of.

* para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.

* para finalizar = in closing.

* para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].

* para futuras consultas = for future reference.

* para hacer dinero = money-making.

* para hacer esto = in this.

* para hacer fundas = sleeving.

* para hacer juego = to match.

* para hacer justicia = in fairness to.

* para hacer las paces = peace offering.

* para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.

* para hacer más fácil = for ease of.

* para impresionar = for effect.

* para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.

* para jóvenes = youth-serving.

* para la eternidad = in perpetuity.

* para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.

* para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.

* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.

* para la posteridad = for posterity.

* para la web = Web-related.

* para llamar la atención = for effect.

* para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.

* para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.

* para más información = for further details.

* para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mayor información sobre = for details of.

* para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.

* para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mí = for myself.

* para microordenadores = micro-computer based.

* para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.

* para no = so as not to.

* para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.

* para no ser menos = not to be outdone.

* para novias = bridal.

* para + Número = seat + Número.

* para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.

* para orquesta = orchestral.

* para otra ocasión = for future reference.

* para para lavarse la cara = washrag.

* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.

* para PCs = PC-based.

* para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.

* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.

* para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.

* para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.

* para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.

* para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.

* para protegerse = protectively.

* para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.

* para que así conste = for the record.

* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.

* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.

* para que no falte = for good measure.

* para que no falte de nada = for good measure.

* para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.

* para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.

* para que quede constancia = for the record.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.

* para ser específico = to be specific.

* para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.

* para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.

* para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.

* para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.

* para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.

* para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.

* para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.

* para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.

* para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.

* para terminar = in closing.

* para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.

* para toda la industria = industry-wide.

* para toda la universidad = university-wide.

* para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.

* para todo el mercado = industry-wide.

* para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.

* para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].

* para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.

* para todo uso = all-purpose.

* para tomar medidas = for action.

* para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.

* para una única ocasión = one-time.

* para un futuro mejor = for a better future.

* para uso comercial = commercially-owned.

* para uso del profesional = professional-use.

* para uso industrial = heavy-duty.

* para uso personal = for personal use.

* para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.

* para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.

* sin parar = interminably.

* * *

preposición

Sentido I

1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

una carta para él — a letter for him

¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

lee para ti — read to yourself

fue muy amable para con todos — he was very friendly to everyone

¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

no sirve para este trabajo — he's no good at this kind of work

¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

champú para bebés — baby shampoo

jarabe para la tos — cough mixture

que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

2)

para + inf — to + inf

para serte sincero — to tell you the truth

esta agua no es para beber — this isn't drinking water

está listo para pintar — it's ready to be painted o for painting

para aprobar — (in order) to pass

entró en puntillas para no despertarla — he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her

3)

para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

4) ( expresando consecuencia) to

para su desgracia — unfortunately for him

para mi sorpresa — (much) to my surprise

Sentido II

5) ( expresando suficiencia) for

no hay para todos — there isn't enough for everybody

no es para tanto — it's not that bad

para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

hace demasiado frío para salir — it's too cold to go out

son altos para su edad — they're tall for their age

para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

7)

estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

no estoy para bromas — I'm in no mood for joking

está para tirarla a la basura — it's only fit for throwing out

no está (como) para salir sin abrigo — it's not warm enough to go out without a coat

8) ( expresando puntos de vista)

para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

lo es todo para él — she's everything to him

¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

Sentido III

9)

a) ( indicando dirección)

salieron para el aeropuerto — they left for the airport

empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)

¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

tráelo para acá — bring it over here

córrete para atrás — move back

b) ( en sentido figurado)

ya vamos para viejos — we're getting old o getting on

va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

Sentido IV

10) ( en relaciones de tiempo)

a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

estará listo para el día 15 — it'll be ready by o for the 15th

deberes para el lunes — homework for Monday

faltan cinco minutos para que termine — there are five minutes to go before the end

me lo prometió para después de Pascua — he promised me it for after Easter

¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

estará listo para finales de agosto — it'll be ready sometime around the end of August

para entonces estaré en Madrid — I'll be in Madrid (by) then

¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

tengo hora para mañana — I have an appointment (for) tomorrow

b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to

son cinco para las diez — it's five to ten

11)

a) ( expresando duración)

para siempre — forever

tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

b) ( con idea de finalidad) for

¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

12) ( en secuencias de acciones)

se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

salió sólo para volver a entrar — he went out only to come in again

* * *

= for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.

Ex: For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.

Ex: This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.

Ex: The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.

Ex: Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.

Ex: It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.

Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex: A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.

Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex: Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.

Ex: The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.

Ex: Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.

Ex: This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.

Ex: In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.

Ex: The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.

Ex: The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.

Ex: The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.

Ex: Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.

* ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.

* para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.

* para actuar = for action.

* para alguna gente = to some people.

* para algunas personas = to some people.

* para algunos = to some.

* para aquel entonces = by then.

* para atraer al cliente = window dressing.

* para beneficio de = for the good of.

* para bien = for the best, for the better.

* para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.

* para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.

* para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.

* para bodas = bridal.

* para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].

* para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.

* para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.

* para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.

* para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para cuando = by the time.

* para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.

* para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* para detrimento de = to the neglect of.

* para diario = everyday.

* para disgusto de = to the disgust of.

* para divertirse = for kicks.

* para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para el año próximo = for the year ahead.

* para el arrastre = over the hill.

* para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.

* para el bien de = for the benefit of.

* para el caso = for that matter.

* para el esparcimiento = recreational.

* para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.

* para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.

* para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.

* para el ocio = recreational.

* para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.

* para embalsamar = embalming.

* para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.

* para entonces = by then.

* para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.

* para eso = therefor.

* para este fin = to this end.

* para esto = therefor.

* para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.

* para expresar dimensiones = by.

* para + Fecha = by + Fecha.

* para finales de = by the end of.

* para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.

* para finalizar = in closing.

* para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].

* para futuras consultas = for future reference.

* para hacer dinero = money-making.

* para hacer esto = in this.

* para hacer fundas = sleeving.

* para hacer juego = to match.

* para hacer justicia = in fairness to.

* para hacer las paces = peace offering.

* para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.

* para hacer más fácil = for ease of.

* para impresionar = for effect.

* para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.

* para jóvenes = youth-serving.

* para la eternidad = in perpetuity.

* para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.

* para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.

* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.

* para la posteridad = for posterity.

* para la web = Web-related.

* para llamar la atención = for effect.

* para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.

* para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.

* para más información = for further details.

* para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mayor información sobre = for details of.

* para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.

* para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mí = for myself.

* para microordenadores = micro-computer based.

* para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.

* para no = so as not to.

* para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.

* para no ser menos = not to be outdone.

* para novias = bridal.

* para + Número = seat + Número.

* para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.

* para orquesta = orchestral.

* para otra ocasión = for future reference.

* para para lavarse la cara = washrag.

* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.

* para PCs = PC-based.

* para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.

* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.

* para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.

* para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.

* para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.

* para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.

* para protegerse = protectively.

* para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.

* para que así conste = for the record.

* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.

* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.

* para que no falte = for good measure.

* para que no falte de nada = for good measure.

* para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.

* para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.

* para que quede constancia = for the record.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.

* para ser específico = to be specific.

* para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.

* para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.

* para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.

* para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.

* para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.

* para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.

* para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.

* para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.

* para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.

* para terminar = in closing.

* para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.

* para toda la industria = industry-wide.

* para toda la universidad = university-wide.

* para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.

* para todo el mercado = industry-wide.

* para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.

* para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].

* para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.

* para todo uso = all-purpose.

* para tomar medidas = for action.

* para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.

* para una única ocasión = one-time.

* para un futuro mejor = for a better future.

* para uso comercial = commercially-owned.

* para uso del profesional = professional-use.

* para uso industrial = heavy-duty.

* para uso personal = for personal use.

* para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.

* para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.

* sin parar = interminably.

* * *

para

prep

Sentido I

A (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

tengo buenas noticias para ustedes I have some good news for you

¿para qué revista escribes? what magazine do you write for?

lee para ti read to yourself

fue muy amable para con todos he was very friendly to everyone

¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?

no sirve para este trabajo he's no good at this kind of work

¿para qué lo quieres? what do you want it for?

¿para qué tuviste que ir a decírselo? what did you have to go and tell him for?, why did you have to go and tell him?

champú para bebés baby shampoo

jarabe para la tos cough mixture

que para qué (decirte/hablar) ( fam): hacía un frío que para qué (decirte) it was freezing cold ( colloq)

venían con un hambre que para qué (hablar) or para qué te voy a contar they were starving o so hungry when they got here!

B para + INF to + INF

está ahorrando para comprarse un coche she's saving up for a car o to buy a car

esta agua no es para beber this isn't drinking water

está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting

para serte sincero to tell you the truth

como para convencerse a sí misma as if to convince herself

para pasar al curso siguiente (in order) to go on to the next year

no hay que ser muy inteligente para darse cuenta you don't have to be very intelligent to realize that

nos cambiamos de sitio para ver mejor we changed places (so as) to see better

para no + INF so as not to + INF

entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her

C para QUE + SUBJ:

lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me

pídeselo — ¿para qué? ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it — what for? so he can say no?

para QUE no + SUBJ:

cierra la puerta para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us

D

1

(enfatizando la culminación de algo): para colmo or para rematarla se apagó la luz to crown o top o cap it all the light went out

2 (expresando efecto, consecuencia) to

para su desgracia unfortunately for him

para mi gran sorpresa to my great surprise, much to my surprise

Sentido II

A (expresando suficiencia) for

no había bastante para todos there wasn't enough for everybody o to go round

tranquilízate, no es para tanto calm down, it's not that bad

para + INF:

apenas tienen para comer they can barely afford to eat

soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it

bastante tengo yo con mis problemas (como) para estar ocupándome de los suyos I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with his as well

¡es (como) para matarlo! ( fam); I'll kill him! ( colloq)

para QUE + SUBJ:

basta que yo diga A para que él diga B if I say it's black, he'll say it's white

basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa he only has to walk in and she gets flustered

B

(en comparaciones, contrastes): hace demasiado calor para estar al sol it's too hot to be in the sun

son altos para su edad they're tall for their age

para lo que come, no está nada gordo considering how much he eats, he's not at all fat

díselo tú — ¡para el caso que me hacen …! you tell them — for all the notice they take of me …

para + INF:

para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent, considering it was completely off the cuff it was an excellent speech

¿quién se cree que es para hablarte así? who does she think she is, speaking to you like that o to speak to you like that?

para QUE + SUBJ:

son demasiado grandes para que les estés haciendo todo they're too old for you to be doing everything for them

para que se esté quejando todo el día … if he's going to spend all day complaining …

¡tanto preocuparse por ellos para que después hasta te acusen de metomentodo! all that worrying about them and then they go and accuse you of being a meddler!

C estar para algo/+ INF

(indicando estado): mira que no estoy para bromas look, I'm in no mood for joking o for jokes

estas botas están para tirarlas a la basura these boots are only fit for throwing out o for the trash o ( BrE) for the bin

no está (como) para salir tan de veranillo it's not warm enough to go out in such summery clothes

D

(expresando opiniones, puntos de vista): para mí que ya no viene if you ask me, he won't come now

para el padre, el niño es un Mozart en ciernes in the father's opinion o as far as the father's concerned, the boy is a budding Mozart

tú eres todo para mí you're everything to me

¿para ti qué es lo más importante? what's the most important thing for you?, what do you see as the most important thing?

esto es de gran interés para el lector this is of great interest to the reader

Sentido III

A

(indicando dirección): salieron para el aeropuerto they left for the airport

empuja para arriba push up o upward(s)

¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?

se los llevó para la casa de los abuelos she took them over to their grandparents' house

tráelo para acá/adentro bring it over here/inside

córrete para atrás move back

B

(en sentido figurado): ya vamos para viejos we're getting old o ( colloq) getting on

va para los 50 años she's pushing fifty ( colloq), she's going o ( BrE) getting on for fifty ( colloq)

Sentido IV (expresando relaciones de tiempo)

A

(señalando un plazo): tiene que estar listo para el día 15 it has to be ready by o for the 15th

¿qué deberes tienes para el lunes? what homework do you have for Monday?

son cinco para las diez ( AmL exc RPl) [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]; it's five to ten

faltan cinco minutos para que termine la clase there are five minutes to go before the end of the class

me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised I could have it after Easter, he promised it to me for after Easter

¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?, how long will it take you to finish it?

B

1

(indicando fecha aproximada): piensan casarse para finales de agosto they plan to marry sometime around the end of August

para entonces quién sabe si todavía estaremos vivos who knows if we'll still be alive (by) then?

¿para cuándo espera? when is the baby due?

2 (indicando fecha fija) for

tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow

C

1

(expresando duración): para siempre forever

tengo para rato ( fam); I'm going to be a while (yet), this is going to take me a while (yet)

esto va para largo ( fam); this is going to take some time

2 (con idea de finalidad) for

¿qué le puedo regalar para el cumpleaños? what can I give him for his birthday?

D ( liter)

(en secuencias de acciones): se fue para nunca volver she went away never to return

fue puesto en libertad, para más tarde volver a ser detenido he was set free only to be rearrested later, he was set free but was rearrested later

* * *

Del verbo parar: ( conjugate parar)

para es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

Del verbo parir: ( conjugate parir)

para es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
para
parar
parir
para preposición
1 (destino, finalidad, intención) for;
◊ una carta para él a letter for him;

¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?;
champú para bebés baby shampoo;
para eso no voy I might as well not go;
para + inf: ahorra para comprarse un coche he's saving up to buy a car;
tomé un taxi para no llegar tarde I took a taxi so I wouldn't be late;
está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting;
para aprobar (in order) to pass;
entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her;
lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me;
cierra para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us
2
a) ( suficiencia) for;

◊ no hay para todos there isn't enough for everybody;

no es para tanto it's not that bad;
soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it
b) (en comparaciones, contrastes):

◊ hace demasiado frío para salir it's too cold to go out;

son altos para su edad they're tall for their age;
para lo que come, no está gordo considering how much he eats, he's not fat;
¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?;
es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own
1 ( dirección):
◊ salieron para el aeropuerto they left for the airport;

empuja para arriba push up o upward(s);
¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?
2 ( tiempo)
a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo):

◊ estará listo para el día 15 it'll be ready by o for the 15th;

deberes para el lunes homework for Monday;
faltan cinco minutos para que termine there are five minutes to go before the end;
me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised me it for after Easter;
¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?;
para entonces estaré en Madrid I'll be in Madrid (by) then;
tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow
b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to;

◊ son cinco para las diez it's five to ten

c) ( duración):

◊ para siempre forever;

tengo para rato (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)
parar ( conjugate parar) verbo intransitivo
1 ( detenerse) to stop;
◊ paró en seco she stopped dead;

ir/venir a para to end up;
fue a para a la cárcel he ended up in prison;
¿a dónde habrá ido a para aquella foto? what can have happened to that photo?;
¡a dónde iremos a para! I don't know what the world's coming to
2 ( cesar) to stop;
◊ para un momento hang on a minute;

ha estado lloviendo sin para it hasn't stopped raining;
no para quieto ni un momento he can't keep still for a minute;
no para en casa she's never at home;
para DE + INF to stop -ing;
paró de llover it stopped raining
3 (AmL) [obreros/empleados] to go on strike
verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹coche/tráfico/persona› to stop;

‹motor/máquina› to stop, switch off
b) ‹ hemorragia› to stanch (AmE), to staunch (BrE)

c) ‹balón/tiro› to save, stop;

‹ golpe› to block, ward off
2 (AmL)
a) ( poner de pie) to stand

b) ( poner vertical) ‹vaso/libro› to stand … up;

◊ el perro paró las orejas the dog pricked up its ears

pararse verbo pronominal
1 ( detenerse)
a) [ persona] to stop

b) [reloj/máquina] to stop;

[coche/motor] to stall;
◊ se me paró el reloj my watch stopped

2
a) (AmL) ( ponerse de pie) to stand up;

◊ párate derecho stand up straight;

se paró en una silla she stood on a chair;
¿te puedes para de cabeza/de manos? can you do headstands/handstands?
b) (AmL) [ pelo] ( hacia arriba) to stick up;

( en los lados) to stick out
c) (Méx, Ven) ( levantarse de la cama) to get up

parir ( conjugate parir) verbo intransitivo [ mujer] to give birth;
[ vaca] to calve;
[yegua/burra] to foal;
[ oveja] to lamb
verbo transitivo
a) [ mujer] to give birth to, have

b) [ mamíferos] to have, bear (frml)

para preposición
1 (utilidad, aptitud) for: ¿para qué tanto esfuerzo?, what's all this effort for?
una pomada para las quemaduras, an ointment for burns
una tijera para zurdos, a pair of scissors for left-handed people
2 (finalidad, motivo) to, in order to: lo dijo para molestarme, she said it to annoy me
lo hace para que te fijes en él, he does it so that you notice him
3 (destinatario) for: es para mamá, it's for mum
hablaba para los votantes indecisos, he spoke to the undecided voters
es muy atento para con ella, he's very obliging towards her
4 (opinión) para Paco todas las mujeres son guapas, in Paco's opinion, all women are pretty
5 (comparación, concesión) for: para ser tan joven tiene ideas muy sensatas, he has very sensible ideas for his age
6 (rechazo) para una vez que hablo, me haces callar, the one time I speak, you shut me up
7 (tiempo) by: estará listo para las cinco, it'll be ready by five
para entonces, by then
8 (a punto de) está para salir, it's about to leave
9 (dirección) el tren para Burgos acaba de salir, the train for Burgos has just left
iba para tu casa, I was going to your house
Recuerda que cuando para expresa finalidad, se traduce por to o in order to (este último sólo se usa para evitar confusión): Me voy para ayudarte. I'm going in order to help you. Si usáramos sólo to significaría: Voy a ayudarte. Sin embargo, cuando después de para viene un sustantivo o un pronombre y no un verbo (esta llave es para aquella puerta), se traduce por for ( this key is for that door).
parar
I verbo intransitivo
1 to stop: para de saltar, stop jumping
para un momento en la farmacia, stop a minute at the chemist's
no pares de hablar, por favor, keep talking, please
2 (alojarse) to stay
3 (finalizar, terminar) el cuadro fue a parar al rastro, the painting ended up in the flea market
II verbo transitivo
1 to stop
2 Dep to save
3 LAm to stand up
♦ Locuciones: dónde va a parar, by far: mi hija es muchísmo más inteligente que la suya, dónde va a parar, my daughter is far more intelligent than theirs
parir verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to give birth (to)
♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a parir, to run sb down
' para' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abalorio
- ablandar
- abreviar
- absoluta
- absoluto
- acá
- aceitera
- achuchar
- actuación
- adentro
- agitador
- agitadora
- alcanzar
- alfiler
- alguna
- alguno
- aliento
- alquiler
- alta
- amenaza
- añadidura
- ancha
- ancho
- ánimo
- año
- antesala
- antirrobo
- aplanar
- aprovechar
- apta
- aptitud
- apto
- aquí
- arca
- arena
- arrastre
- arriba
- arropar
- atonía
- atrás
- atril
- aunar
- auspicio
- baja
- bajo
- balde
- bálsamo
- bañarse
- banco
English:
AA
- ability
- about
- accessory
- accommodate
- achieve
- activity
- adapter
- adaptor
- adequate
- adequately
- admire
- adult
- advantage
- advantageous
- advertise
- aftershave (lotion)
- agitate
- agree
- all
- all-out
- allocate
- analyst
- antiallergenic
- antibiotic
- antidote
- antihistamine
- antipollution
- appease
- application
- appointment
- appropriate
- aptitude
- argue
- arm-twisting
- arms control
- around-the clock
- arrangement
- arson
- as
- ASPCA
- assailant
- assert
- assess
- assume
- astir
- astonishment
- attain
- attention span
- attractive

* * *

para prep

1. [indica destino, finalidad, motivación] for;

es para ti it's for you;

significa mucho para mí it means a lot to me;

“¡qué suerte!” dije para mí “how lucky,” I said to myself;

una mesa para el salón a table for the living-room;

desayuno para dos breakfast for two;

crema para zapatos shoe polish;

pastillas para dormir sleeping pills;

están entrenados para el combate they have been trained for combat;

estudia para dentista she's studying to become a dentist;

esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink;

para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims;

lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you;

me voy para no causar más molestias I'll go so I don't cause you any more inconvenience;

te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand;

resulta que se divorcian para un mes más tarde volverse a casar so they get divorced, only to remarry a month later;

para con towards;

es buena para con los demás she is kind towards other people;

¿para qué? what for?;

¿para qué quieres un martillo? what do you want a hammer for?, why do you want a hammer?;

¿para qué has venido? why are you here?;

¿para quién trabajas? who do you work for?

2. [indica dirección] towards;

el próximo vuelo para Caracas the next flight to Caracas;

ir para casa to head (for) home;

salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport;

para abajo downwards;

para arriba upwards;

tira para arriba pull up o upwards;

para atrás backwards;

échate para atrás [en asiento] lean back;

para delante forwards;

ya vas para viejo you're getting old;

esta muchacha va para pintora this girl has all the makings of a painter

3. [indica tiempo] for;

tiene que estar acabado para mañana/para antes de Navidad it has to be finished by o for tomorrow/before Christmas;

faltan cinco minutos para que salga el tren the train leaves in five minutes;

tienen previsto casarse para el 17 de agosto they plan to get married on 17 August;

llevamos comida para varios días we have enough food for several days;
Am salvo RP
diez para las once ten to eleven;
Am salvo RP
un cuarto para las once (a) quarter to eleven;

va para un año que no nos vemos it's getting on for a year since we saw each other;

¿y para cuándo un bebé? and when are you going to start a family?;

para entonces by then

4. [indica comparación]
tiene la estatura adecuada para su edad she is the normal height for her age;

está muy delgado para lo que come he's very thin considering how much he eats;

para ser verano hace mucho frío considering it's summer, it's very cold;

para ser un principiante no lo hace mal he's not bad for a beginner;

para lo que me ha servido… for all the use it's been to me…;

¡tanto esfuerzo para nada! all that effort for nothing!;

¿y tú quién eres para tratarla así? who do you think you are, treating her like that?;

yo no soy quien para decir… it's not for me to say…

5. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo) [indica inminencia, propósito] to;

la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served;

el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win

6. [indica opinión] for;

para Marx, la religión era el opio del pueblo for Marx, religion was the opium of the people;

para mí/ti/ etc as far as I'm/you're/ etc concerned;

para mí que no van a venir it looks to me like they're not coming;

¿para ti quién es más guapo? who do you think is the most handsome?

7. [indica disposición, estado]
no estoy para fiestas I'm not in the mood for parties;

el abuelo no está ya para hacer viajes largos grandfather's no longer up to going on long journeys;

¿hace día para ir sin chaqueta? is it warm enough to go out without a jacket on?

8. [indica consecuencia]
para su sorpresa, para sorpresa suya to her surprise;

para alegría de todos to everyone's delight;

para nuestra desgracia unfortunately for us

9. Comp

no es/fue/ etc[m5]. para tanto it's not/it wasn't/ etc such a big deal;

no llores, que no es para tanto don't cry, it's not such a big deal, there's no need to cry about it;

dicen que les trataron mal, pero no fue para tanto they say they were ill-treated, but that's going a bit far;
Fam
que para qué: hace un calor que para qué it's absolutely boiling;

este plato pica que para qué this dish is really hot, Br this dish isn't half hot

* * *

para

prp

1 for;

para mí for me

2 dirección toward(s);

ir para head for;

va para directora she’s going to end up as manager

3 tiempo for;

listo para mañana ready for tomorrow;

para siempre forever;

diez para las ocho L.Am. ten of eight, ten to eight;

para Pascua iremos de vacaciones a Lima we’re going to Lima for Easter;

espero que para Pascua haya terminado la crisis I hope the crisis is over by Easter;

¿para cuándo? when for?

4 finalidad

:

lo hace para ayudarte he does it (in order) to help you;

para que so that;

¿para qué te marchas? what are you leaving for?;

para eso no hace falta it’s not necessary just for that

5 en comparaciones

:

para su edad es muy maduro he’s very mature for his age

6

:

lo heredó todo para morir a los 30 he inherited it all, only to die at 30

* * *

para prep

1) : for

para ti: for you

alta para su edad: tall for her age

una cita para el lunes: an appointment for Monday

2) : to, towards

para la derecha: to the right

van para el río: they're heading towards the river

3) : to, in order to

lo hace para molestarte: he does it to annoy you

4) : around, by (a time)

para mañana estarán listos: they'll be ready by tomorrow

5)

para adelante : forwards

6)

para atrás : backwards

7)

para que : so, so that, in order that

te lo digo para que sepas: I'm telling you so you'll know

* * *

para prep

1. (en general) for

una carta para el director a letter for the manager

está muy alto para su edad he's very tall for his age

jarabe para la tos cough medicine

2. (seguido de infinitivo) to

he venido para hablar contigo I have come to talk to you

para no despertar al niño so as not to wake the baby up

3. (seguido de subjuntivo) so that

cierra la puerta para que no entre el perro shut the door so that the dog doesn't get in

4. (dirección) for / to

salgo para Madrid dentro de una hora I'm leaving for Madrid in an hour

me voy para casa I'm going home

5. (tiempo) by

lo quiero para el viernes I want it by Friday

para mí for me / in my opinion

Spanish-English dictionary > para
17 escabechina

f.

1 destruction (informal) (destrozo).

2 huge number of failures (en examen). (peninsular Spanish)

fue una escabechina it was a massacre

3 massacre, slaughter.

* * *

escabechina

► nombre femenino

1 familiar massacre

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

hacer una escabechina EDUCACIÓN familiar to fail a lot of students

* * *

SF

1) (=matanza) slaughter

2) (fig) (=desastre) destruction, slaughter

hacer una escabechina — * to wreak havoc; (Univ) to fail a pile of students

* * *

femenino

a) ( matanza) massacre

b) (Esp arg) ( en examen)

el profesor hizo una escabechina — the teacher failed half the class (o the whole class etc)

* * *

femenino

a) ( matanza) massacre

b) (Esp arg) ( en examen)

el profesor hizo una escabechina — the teacher failed half the class (o the whole class etc)

* * *

escabechina

feminine

1 (matanza) massacre

la batalla fue una escabechina the battle was a bloodbath

2

( Esp arg) (en un examen): el profesor hizo una escabechina the teacher failed half the class ( o the whole class etc)

* * *

escabechina f fam (desastre esp con muertes) bloodbath: ha habido una escabechina en la revuelta, the revolt was a bloodbath

* * *

escabechina nf
Fam
1. [matanza] massacre, slaughter;

el asalto de la policía al avión fue una escabechina total when the police stormed the plane it ended in a complete bloodbath;

me hice una escabechina afeitándome I really hacked myself about when I was shaving

2. Esp [en examen]
el examen final fue una escabechina a lot of people came to grief in the final exam

* * *

escabechina

f

1 bloodbath, massacre;

hacer una escabechina en la cocina fam leave the kitchen looking as if a bomb had hit it fam

2

:

hacer una escabechina fig fam

de profesor pass very few people

* * *

escabechina nf

masacre: massacre, bloodbath

Spanish-English dictionary > escabechina
18 acta fori

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta fori
19 acta militaria

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta militaria
20 acta publica

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta publica

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

The Class (TV series) — The Class Format Sitcom Created by David Crane Jeffrey Klarik Starring Andrea Anders Jon Bernthal Lizzy Caplan Jesse Tyler Ferguson Heather Goldenhersh … Wikipedia
The Class — Infobox Television | show name = The Class caption = Cast of The Class format = Sitcom location = Stage 24 Warner Bros. Studios Studio City Burbank, CA camera = Multiple camera setup picture format = 1.33:1 480i (SDTV), 1.78:1 1080i (HDTV)… … Wikipedia
The United States of America — The United States of America † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America BOUNDARIES AND AREA On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Marvelous Misadventures of Flapjack — Logo Genre Animated cartoon Adventure Comedy Fantasy Surreal humor Satire Farce … Wikipedia
The Amazing Race — sometimes referred to as TAR, is a reality television game show in which teams of two people (with one exception), who have some form of a preexisting personal relationship, race around the world in competition with other teams. Contestants stri … Wikipedia
The Life and Times of Juniper Lee — Title card. Left to right: Monroe, Juniper and Ray Ray. Genre Animated series, Adventure, Action, Fantasy, comedy, Created by Judd Winic … Wikipedia
The Sims 3 — Developer(s) The Sims Studio Publisher(s) Electronic Arts … Wikipedia
The Communist Party and African-Americans — The Communist Party USA played a significant role in defending the rights of African Americans during its heyday in the 1930s and 1940s. Even in its years of greatest influence, however, the party s relations with the black community, black… … Wikipedia
The Twelve Caesars — Author(s) Suetonius Original title De vita Caesarum (literal trans.: On the Life of the Caesars) … Wikipedia
The Grim Adventures of Billy & Mandy — Show logo Genre Black Comedy Horror Comedy Satire Farce Format … Wikipedia
The Cramp Twins — Format Animated television series, comedy Created by Brian Wood Starring … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

when the class ended

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

when the class ended

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: